https://www.edaq.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Boris&feedformat=atom
eDAQ Wiki - User contributions [en]
2024-03-29T09:40:45Z
User contributions
MediaWiki 1.25.1
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4968
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2019-03-15T02:19:15Z
<p>Boris: /* General Notes on the use of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Leakless electrodes can be stored for both short and long term duration's in 0.05 to 0.1 M sulfuric acid. Based on this storage method the electrodes shouls last for many months if not several years. Beacuse eDAQ has no control over the use of these electrodes our warranty is limited to 3 months from date of invoice.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== General Notes on the use of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR PIN.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE by gripping the electrode by its PEEK body and carefully removing the plastic cap.<br />
<br />
The electrode utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. There is no glass used in the construction.<br />
<br />
The electrode cannot be refilled.<br />
<br />
The electrode is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids, and bases. It is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed in deiniozed water for a few hours before use.<br />
<br />
Read instructions regarding Long Term storage of electrodes.<br />
<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and/or potassium ions, then DO NOT store the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be rinsed with acteone (to remove water), then rinsed with the final solvent. The electrode should be stored in 0.05-0.1 M sulfuric acid, NOT the organic solvent when not in use.<br />
<br />
Depending on the choice of solvent, substrate molecules, and level of care, the electrode should last many months if not several years.<br />
<br />
An old electrode suffering from potential drift can sometimes be reactivated by subjecting it to a large oxidizing potential (+4 V) in a two electrode system (use a wire for the counter electrode) in a KCl solution for 10 –15 seconds then waiting 30 seconds for stabilization. <br />
Material adsorbed on the electrode surface can be removed by careful polishing on fine sand paper (or with abrasive powder). Alternatively, try immersing in strong acid (e.g. 6 mol/L H2SO4) for 30 minutes then sonicate, and repeat if necessary.<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 '''Storing Leakless electrodes'''<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4967
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2019-03-15T02:17:06Z
<p>Boris: /* Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Leakless electrodes can be stored for both short and long term duration's in 0.05 to 0.1 M sulfuric acid. Based on this storage method the electrodes shouls last for many months if not several years. Beacuse eDAQ has no control over the use of these electrodes our warranty is limited to 3 months from date of invoice.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== General Notes on the use of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR PIN.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE by gripping the electrode by its PEEK body and carefully removing the plastic cap.<br />
The electrode utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. There is no glass used in the construction. The electrode cannot be refilled.<br />
The electrode is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids, and bases. It is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed in deiniozed water for a few hours before use. Read instructons regarding Long Term storage of electrodes.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and/or potassium ions, then DO NOT store the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be rinsed with acteone (to remove water), then rinsed with the final solvent. The electrode should be stored in 0.05-0.1 M sulfuric acid, NOT the organic solvent when not in use.<br />
Depending on the choice of solvent, substrate molecules, and level of care, the electrode should last many months if not several years.<br />
An old electrode suffering from potential drift can sometimes be reactivated by subjecting it to a large oxidizing potential (+4 V) in a two electrode system (use a wire for the counter electrode) in a KCl solution for 10 –15 seconds then waiting 30 seconds for stabilization. <br />
Material adsorbed on the electrode surface can be removed by careful polishing on fine sand paper (or with abrasive powder). Alternatively, try immersing in strong acid (e.g. 6 mol/L H2SO4) for 30 minutes then sonicate, and repeat if necessary.<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 '''Storing Leakless electrodes'''<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4966
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2019-03-15T02:11:10Z
<p>Boris: /* Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Leakless electrodes can be stored for both short and long term duration's in 0.05 to 0.1 M sulfuric acid. Based on this storage method the electrodes shouls last for many months if not several years. Beacuse eDAQ has no control over the use of these electrodes our warranty is limited to 3 months from date of invoice.<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 '''Storing Leakless electrodes'''<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4965
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2019-03-15T02:01:23Z
<p>Boris: /* When do Electrodes require cleaning? */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== Long term storage of Leakless electrodes ET069 and ET072 ? ===<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 '''Storing Leakless electrodes'''<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4940
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-12-05T04:52:42Z
<p>Boris: /* Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 '''Storing Leakless electrodes'''<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4939
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-12-05T04:50:37Z
<p>Boris: /* Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
> 7 Storing Leakless electrodes<br />
It is recommended to store the electrodes in 0.05 -1M sulfuric acid, NOT just distilled waterwith some KCL.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4923
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-11-06T05:05:45Z
<p>Boris: /* Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
> 6 Electrodes showing drift<br />
Customer reported drift of 50mV after a week of use in a fixed 7.5pH environment.<br />
ANSWER: The electrode can handle extreme cases of acid and bases. However there might be some material aadsorbed on the electrode surface. Please dip in 0.5-1M sulfuric acid and/or 1M hydroxide for a few minutes and then acetone or ethanol for additional cleaning.<br />
If the electrode has been left dry for some time, soak for a few hours in water. Read other questions regarding the ET072.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_General_Software_Questions&diff=4920
Frequently Asked Questions General Software Questions
2018-09-10T00:46:14Z
<p>Boris: /* How can I run eDAQ software on Mac hardware */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can download the latest eDAQ software from the [http://www.edaq.com/software-downloads software download page]. Learn more about eDAQ software by looking at the [http://wiki.edaq.com/index.php/Screencast_Training_Videos videos], [http://wiki.edaq.com/index.php/Application_Notes application notes] and [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-product-manuals manuals].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
== What do you do if there is a software problem? ==<br />
<br />
Software bugs and problems range from simple problems easily reproducible to difficult problems that cannot be reproduced. <br />
<br />
The first thing to do is always to make sure you are using the latest version of the software. Visit the [https://www.edaq.com/software-downloads software download page] and if there is a new version, download and install it. Your problem may have been solved in the new version.<br />
<br />
You can then check the [http://wiki.edaq.com/index.php/Screencast_Training_Videos videos], [http://wiki.edaq.com/index.php/Application_Notes application dates] and [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-product-manuals manuals] to see if your problem is explained in these.<br />
<br />
Before we can react to a software problem we need a minimum amount of information:<br />
<br />
* Software name and version used<br />
* Hardware used and serial number<br />
* Operating system version<br />
* Description of problem<br />
<br />
When a problem requires accurate capture of events leading up to the error condition we have the eRRS Software (eDAQ Remote Reporting Software). This is used to send software log files and system information to eDAQ support staff. Please get a customer to use this software '''only when requested''' by eDAQ Sydney, by downloading it and emailing the software to the customer.<br />
<br />
== Why can I see steps in my data instead of getting smooth curves? ==<br />
It is likely that you have chosen a recording range which is too big and you are seeing [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Basics_of_Data_Acquisition#Digitization digitization]. If your peaks are only a few millivolts high, and you have left the default 10 volt range, you will see stepped peaks; the signal and areas will be inaccurate. You should select a recording range slightly higher than the largest signal you will record. Have a look at the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Basics_of_Data_Acquisition#Range Basics of Data Acquisition] application note.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Why am I getting a noisy signal? / Why is there noise in my data? ==<br />
There can be many reasons why you are getting noise. Have a look at this [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Problems_with_Noise application note].<br />
<br />
<br />
== Treatment of "." and "," as Decimal Separators. Why are numbers copied from our serial devices into Excel not handled correctly in Europe? ==<br />
<br />
This applies to all our serial devices, including the EPU35x isoPods, EPU452 MF isoPod, and the ER815/ER825 C4D detector.<br />
<br />
Serial devices made at eDAQ use a dot "." as a decimal separator, however in European countries a comma "," is often used. This can cause problems when importing or copy and pasting data into programs like Excel. This is because Excel will use the computer's regional settings to see how to interpret numbers, which is different to how eDAQ devices are representing them.<br />
<br />
We cannot change our software easily to accommodate this difference in decimal point usage within our firmware. Typically customer provided application software, such as LabVIEW, will be able to use the appropriate separators.<br />
<br />
For Excel, the solution to this is when either importing a file, or using the "text to columns" feature, go to the third page of the import Wizard, click "Advanced", then specify a decimal separator of ".".<br />
<br />
If you don't see this Wizard when loading a ".txt" file, then create a new workbook/sheet, then use the Data > From Text ribbon button to import the ".txt" file.<br />
<br />
Other software packages may have similar options. Another workaround is to temporarily change your regional settings (in the Windows control panel), to set the decimal and thousands separators to "." and "," respectively, then put them back after importing. Your software may require a restart after changing the settings, to get it to notice they have changed.<br />
<br />
== Profiler and offset did not work on an ER125? ==<br />
<br />
The problem was fixed due regional variations in using a "." or "," as a decimal separator, e.g. in numbers like "3.14159". We are guessing your computer was set to use Portuguese (Brazil) settings, which use a comma, but communications with the ER125 always uses a dot. The C4D App was using your OS's settings, which meant it couldn't understand the number. This new version forces the software to internally always use a "." in numbers when communicating with the hardware.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Where can I find a driver for my eDAQ hardware? ==<br />
<br />
The drivers are on the installation software thumb drives and CDs that are sent from eDAQ. When you install the software, the driver will be copied onto the computer.<br />
<br />
The drivers are also found [https://www.edaq.com/utilities-tools here] and on the installation file when you download the software from the [http://www.edaq.com/software-downloads software download page]<br />
<br />
Have a look at this troubleshooting [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Troubleshooting_Communication_between_Hardware_and_Computer,_Hardware_Unavailable,_Cannot_Find_a_Hardware_Unit application note].<br />
<br />
== How can I run eDAQ software on Mac hardware ==<br />
<br />
MacOS software development was halted in July 2009. Mac OS Lion (Max OS10.7), released in 2011, no longer includes the 'Rosetta' function which enables old eDAQ Mac software to run. Latest Windows versions of the software can be run on Mac OSX computers based on Intel processors using Windows XP, Vista, 7 or 8 with a suitable virtual machine software such as VMware Fusion or Parallels.<br />
<br />
== Problem running C4D profiler (V2.5.2) after using PowerChrom ==<br />
<br />
If you try and run the C4D Profiler after running PowerChrom it may fail to perform a complete Zero operation.<br />
PowerChrom may leave internal registers in a state that prevents the C4D application from performing a complete Zero operation. So before running C4D Profiler,after running PowerChrom, turn power ON and OFF.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4919
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-09-07T02:09:22Z
<p>Boris: /* ET05x ET07x electrodes Metal purity */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x Electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4918
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-09-07T02:08:34Z
<p>Boris: /* ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen reference electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex reference electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Reference Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What cleaning is recommended for the Hydroflex Hydrogen Reference Electrode?<br />
<br />
Usually when the user exchanges the Hydrogen source (Cartridge) in time - that means before the Hydrogen gas has been exhausted - the reference electrode will not require cleaning.<br />
<br />
In the case that the user missed that moment (for example exchanging the cartridge after 8 month instead of the adjusted lifetime of for example 6 month) then the user should perform a more complete cleaning as mentioned in the manual. The complete cleaning should be done, as aggressive solutions may attack the metals (Pt, Pd) when no Hydrogen is available.<br />
<br />
1. Clean the catalyst with HNO3 for some 3-4 minutes.<br />
2. Wash out any residuals with water. <br />
3. Dry the whole electrode in order to get rid of water inside of Hydroflex.<br />
<br />
When following this procedure the Hydroflex is usually restored to a "new" condition and should work properly.<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).<br />
<br />
=== ET05x ET07x electrodes Metal purity ===<br />
<br />
All metals used in the construction of ET05x and ET07x electrodes have a purity level of 99.99%. The next step is 99.999 for ultra pure metals - there is no need to go further than 99.99% for electrodes.<br />
<br />
As an example for copper:<br />
<br />
Alloy 101 OFE Copper is the highest purity grade of copper at 99.99%. OFE stands for oxygen-free electrolytic and replaces the acronym OFHC. It has been electrolytically refined in a carefully regulated, oxygen-free environment to reduce the level of oxygen to .001% or below.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=EPU452_Manual&diff=4902
EPU452 Manual
2018-06-27T06:23:02Z
<p>Boris: /* Hardware Warranty */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Introduction ==<br />
<br />
[[File:EPU452FrontBackSmall.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' Front and back panels of the EPU452 Quad MF isoPod. Note the four input connectors on the front panel labelled ''Ch 1'', ''Ch 2'', ''Ch 3'', and ''Ch 4''. The back panel has a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB USB] port for connection to a computer or [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB_hub USB hub], power socket (5 V DC) and on/off button.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The Quad MF isoPod (model number [http://www.edaq.com/EPU452 EPU452]) is a four–channel, miniature amplifier/interface that connects to a Windows XP or later computer via a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB USB] port or [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB_hub hub]. Each of its four channels (''Ch 1'', ''Ch 2'', ''Ch 3'', and ''Ch 4'', Figure 1) can be independently configured to one of seven possible functions:<br />
<br />
# '''mV''', a general purpose high impedance millivolt monitor;<br />
# '''pH''', a pH meter mode. Also suitable for ion selective electrodes (ISE's) and oxidation/reduction potentiometric (ORP) electrodes.<br />
# '''Conductivity''', for two-electrode solution conductivity probes.<br />
# '''RTD''', precalibrated for 1000 ohm platinum [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Resistance_thermometer RTD] temperature probes<br />
# '''Thermistor''', precalibrated for 30 kohm [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermistor thermistor] temperature probes<br />
# '''dO2''', for Clark–style polarographic oxygen electrodes. <br />
# '''Biosensor''', for amperometric sensors, incuding enzymic peroxide sensors.<br />
<br />
<br />
This manual also describes the operation of:<br />
:• the MF Configurator software, used to set up the system, and <br />
:• the embedded serial protocol, which is required if you intend to write your own data acquisition and display software, or interact manually with the isoPod by issuing typed commands using terminal emulation software.<br />
<br />
Please see the separate Pod-Vu software manual to learn about collecting and displaying signals without any additional programming!<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Quick installation ==<br />
# Install the MF Configurator and Pod-Vu application software on your computer using the USB memory stick provided. This will also ensure the correct software drivers are installed.<br />
# See the Help menu of the application for directions to any software updates.<br />
# Power the MF isoPod by connecting it to the 5 V DC mains adaptor supplied.<br />
# Connect the MF isoPod unit to the computer using the USB cable provided.<br />
# For first use, run the MF Configurator software to select the function and set the parameters of each channel.<br />
# Attach appropriate sensor probes to each of the isoPod channels.<br />
# You can now run the Pod-Vu software to collect and display data, or start writing your own data recording software.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''CAUTION:''' Make sure that only a compatible sensor is attached to each channel. <br />
Placement of the wrong sensor on a channel (eg connecting a pH electrode to a dO2 recording channel) may damage the probe. Both the MF Configurator software utility and Pod-Vu recording software will display the device configuration.<br />
<br />
== System Description ==<br />
<br />
[[File:ER452 Block diag.png|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 2.''' Block diagram of the EPU452 Quad MF isoPod.]]<br />
<br />
<br />
This system consists of four independently isolated, reconfigurable, signal conditioning and measuring circuits connected to a microprocessor which communicates with a Windows XP or later computer via a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB USB] port Figure 2. Sensors are connected using the front panel low–leakage [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BNC_connector BNC] input connectors. The signal on each channel is converted to a digital data stream by a precision 24 bit [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analog-to-digital_converter analog to digital converter] (ADC). The data is passed to a master microprocessor across an electrical isolation barrier for processing and transmission via a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB USB] port to the computer for display and storage. Each of the four channels input can be independently configured as:<br />
<br />
:• Voltmeter (mV)<br />
:• pH/mV and Ion Selective Electrode (ISE) meter<br />
:• Solution Conductivity meter<br />
:• RTD Temperature meter (0 – 450°C)<br />
:• Thermistor Temperature meter (0 – 75, or 0 – 125°C)<br />
:• Dissolved Oxygen meter (dO2)<br />
:• Biosensor meter (for amperometric/polargraphic probes)<br />
<br />
by use of the MF Configurator software (included).<br />
<br />
== Operating Software ==<br />
The system is provided with two support applications:<br />
:• Pod-Vu software which enables Windows computers to calibrate, collect, and display signals. Up to eight isoPods channels (i.e. two Quad MF isoPod units can be connected simultaneously for monitoring eight probes) can be graphically displayed at speeds up to 1 sample per second. Data can be copied and pasted to other software applications for further analysis or reporting, or saved in text format which can be read by spreadsheet or word processor software. Channels need to be configured to suit user requirements using the MF Configurator prior to use with Pod-Vu. The operation of Pod-Vu is described in the separate Pod-Vu manual.<br />
:• MF Configurator software utility is provided with the system and enables channel functions to be configured and sensors tested and calibrated. This utility must be installed prior to using the Quad MF isoPod. Once the channels are configured the isoPod will remember the settings and perform in this mode every time the system is subsequently powered up, until the system is reset by using the MF Configurator.<br />
<br />
=== MF Configurator Software ===<br />
Menu Items<br />
:• File:<br />
:• Open – this opens a folder containing previously named saved configurations<br />
:• Save – this saves the current configuration for future use.<br />
:• Save as.. – this saves a configuration with a new name<br />
Help:<br />
:• User Manuals<br />
:• Software update options <br />
:• Check for updates- checks to see if you are running the latest version of software.<br />
:• About…. Describes the version of MF Configurator software installed<br />
Unit Set-Up Screen<br />
The unit setup screen allows three important actions to be performed:<br />
:• Assign a function, from those available, to each Channel<br />
:• Select the range, decimal places and calibration for each channel function.<br />
:• Display sensor data for checking and calibration purposes.<br />
<br />
Paul D– should we add a description of each different range/calibration panel? No but you do need one for each function (pH, conductivity etc) (PD)<br />
<br />
== Serial Protocol ==<br />
This serial protocol is stored within the isoPod unit and can be used with any suitable terminal emulation software (for example [http://logmett.com Tera Term]) to communicate with the EPU452. With a terminal program installed and set up correctly with the EPU452 connected via the USB port to the PC, the system will respond to a set of commands described in here. <br />
<br />
=== Establishing serial communications ===<br />
With the ER452 connected and powered up communication with the computer can be established. A suitable terminal emulation software application must be installed. Serial Ports 1 and 2 on Windows computers are reserved for the mother board. It is therefore common to find that the EPU452 or other serial devices are assigned automatically to serial port 3 (COM3) or greater. Use your Terminal software to configure the virtual serial port as shown below (based on the use of Tera Term). Serial port item is then selected from the Tera Term Settings menu item in order to setup the serial port. <br />
<br />
Select COM port to which the ER452 is connected.<br />
<br />
The virtual serial port should then be configured as:<br />
:• 115200 baud<br />
:• 8 bits<br />
:• 1 stop bit<br />
:• parity set to none<br />
:• Flow control set to NONE<br />
<br />
=== Commands ===<br />
<br />
Once the serial port is set up, type in a ? to get a listing of the available commands listed in Appendix X. An ‘enter’ will produce an ER452> prompt requesting one of the protocol commands.<br />
<br />
This protocol can also be used by other applications such as:<br />
<br />
:• [http://www.ni.com LabVIEW™]<br />
:• [http://www.taltech.com/products/winwedge.html WinWedge®]<br />
:• [http://logmett.com/ Tera Term] or<br />
:• with your own software written in Visual Basic, or C++, etc.<br />
<br />
==== General Commands ====<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|help '''?''' ||List commands<br />
|-<br />
|version ||Get firmware version<br />
|-<br />
|blink ||Blinks/flashes Power LED to confirm communications<br />
|-<br />
|beep ||Beeps to attract attention<br />
|-<br />
|'''s''' sample [Hz] ||Sample at specified rate (see Note 1 below), 1Hz default <br />
|-<br />
|get rates ||Get available sample rates on selected channel<br />
|-<br />
|'''i''' interval <seconds> ||Interval sampling (slow sampling)<br />
|-<br />
|'''r''' ||Take a single reading<br />
|-<br />
|adc ||Get raw ADC voltage values<br />
|-<br />
|prompt <on> <off> ||Enable or disable the command prompt<br />
|-<br />
|get functions ||Get a list of available channel functions<br />
|-<br />
|get settings ||Get list of current channel functions<br />
|-<br />
|set name ||Set device name<br />
|-<br />
|get name ||Get device name<br />
|-<br />
|get serial ||Get device serial number<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> dp <n auto> ||Set the number of decimal places <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> dp ||Get the number of decimal places <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> function ||Get the channel's current function <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function Off ||Disable channel <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function mV ||Configure channel as mV <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function pH ||Configure channel as pH <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function RTD ||Configure channel for Pt 1000 ohm RTD probe <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function Therm ||Configure channel for 30 kohm Thermistor probe <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function dO2 ||Configure channel as dO2 <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function Bio ||Configure channel as biosensor <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> function Cond ||Configure channel as conductivity <N> = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 'all'<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Note1: Channel can be abbreviated to '''c'''<br />
<br />
==== Voltmeter (mV) commands ====<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|help '''?''' ||List commands<br />
|-<br />
|version ||Get firmware version<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range <value> ||Set input range(2000, 200, 20)mV<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> range ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <0 off> ||Remove any input offset<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset auto ||Automatically zero the input.<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <mV> ||Set the offset to the specified amount<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> offset ||Return the current offset level<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==== pH and Ion Selective meter commands ====<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range <value>||Set input range (2000, 200) mV<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> range||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> units ||Return the current units name<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units <name> ||Set the units reported when doing a reading<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units ||Revert to default units<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> start <T> ||Use ideal response from Nernst formula, for pH calculations (n=1), at the specified temperature<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> start <T> <n> <E0> ||Use Nernst equation, as above, but with a specific ion charge, and E0<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> set <n> <pH> || Take a reading and use as calibration point number n, at the specified pH<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> set <n> <pH> <mV> ||Set calibration point number n, with the specified pH and mV reading<br />
|-<br />
||cal channel <N> remove <n all> ||Remove the nth, or all, calibration points<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> get ||Show calibration information<br />
|-<br />
|calcph channel <N> <voltage> ||Calculate pH for specified voltage<br />
|-<br />
|calcv channel <N> <pH> ||Calculate voltage for specified pH<br />
|-<br />
|mtc channel <N> <degC> <IsoPotV> ||Set the temperature for making readings (MTC). Optionally override the default isopotential of 0V<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====Conductivity commands====<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range <value> ||Set input range (200, 20, 2, 0.2, 0.02, 0.002, 0.0002) mS/cm<br />
|- <br />
|get channel <N> range ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range [freq] [amp] ||Set range with optional frequency (Hz) and amplitude (mV) values<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> k ||Get the k value<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> tds ||Get the tds value<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> k <value> ||Sets the k value of the conductivity probe. If k is set to 0 then raw conductances (G) are reported, otherwise conductivity (kappa) values are reported<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> tds <value ||Set the tds factor. If tds is set to 0 then raw conductances (G) are reported, otherwise tds is reported (in ppm)<br />
|-<br />
|calc channel <N> k <kappa> ||Take a reading and calculate the correct k to give the specified conductivity value<br />
|-<br />
|calc channel <N> tds <TDS> ||Take a reading and calculate the tds factor to give the specified TDS value<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <0 off> ||Remove any input offset<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset auto ||Automatically zero the input.<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <mS> ||Set the offset to the specified amountS<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> offset ||Return the current offset level<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> function ||Get the channel's current function<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====Thermistor commands====<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|- <br />
|set channel <N> range <value>||Set input range (125, 75) °C<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> range ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ohms ||Take a single reading in ohms<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====RTD commands==== <br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range ||Set input range -20 to 500°C<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> range ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ohms ||Take a single reading in ohms<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====dO2 commands==== <br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range <value> ||Set input range (2000000, 200000, 20000, 2000, 200, 20)nA or, 2mA, 200uA, 20uA, 2uA, 200nA,<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> range ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> units ||Return the current units name<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units <name> ||Set the units reported when doing a reading<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units ||Revert to default units<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> Vex <millivolts> ||Set Vex in millivolts<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> Vex ||Get Excitation voltage Vex<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <0 off> ||Remove any input offset<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset auto ||Automatically zero the input.<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <amount> ||Set the offset to the specified current<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> offset ||Return the current offset level<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> res ||Take a reading and calculate resistance<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> set <n> <current> ||Take a reading and use as calibration point number n, at the specified value<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> remove <n all> ||Remove the nth, or all calibration points<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> get ||Show calibration information<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====Biosensor commands====<br />
{| style="width: 85%;"<br />
| style="width: 30%; | '''Command''' || style="width: 70%;" | '''Description'''<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> range <value> ||Get input range<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> ranges ||Get available ranges<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> units ||Return the current units name<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units <name> ||Set the units reported when doing a reading<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> units ||Revert to default units<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> Vex <millivolts> ||Set Vex in millivolts<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> Vex ||Get Excitation voltage Vex<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <0 off> ||Remove any input offset<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset auto ||Automatically zero the input.<br />
|-<br />
|set channel <N> offset <amount> ||Set the offset to the specified current<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> offset ||Return the current offset level<br />
|-<br />
|get channel <N> res ||Take a reading and calculate resistance<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> set <n> <current> ||Take a reading and use as calibration point number n, at the specified value<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> remove <n all> ||Remove the nth, or all, calibration points<br />
|-<br />
|cal channel <N> get ||Show calibration information<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====Advanced settings commands==== <br />
A number of advanced commands are available to users providing their own operating software. Contact eDAQ for support.<br />
<br />
====Sampling rates====<br />
<br />
The '''s''' sample command will show readings at 1Hz (the default), or a rate that you can optionally specify.<br />
<br />
There are a limited number of sampling rates available ('''get rates''' lists available rates for a specific function.<br />
The valid rates available may depend on what functions and ranges are assigned to the channel.<br />
Conductivity is special case, in that sampling rates also depend on the range being used.<br />
Sampling can only occur at a speed common to all channels.<br />
Maximum sampling rate is 100s/Sec.<br />
<br />
If multiple functions are active, then only the lowest common sample rate that all the channels "agree upon" will be used. In the example below, if conductivity channel is chosen to operate at 10 samples per second, then the mV channel will also operate at 10 /s.<br />
<br />
An example showing the different rates available for mV compared to mid-range conductivity: <br />
<br />
EPU452> set c 4 func mv <br />
Channel 4 configured as mV <br />
EPU452> get rates <br />
EPU452 Rates 1 2 4 5 8 10 20 25 40 50 100 <br />
<br />
EPU452> set c 4 func cond <br />
Channel 4 configured as Cond <br />
EPU452> set c 4 range 0.02 <br />
Channel 4 range 0.02 <br />
EPU452> get rates <br />
EPU452 Rates 1 2 4 5 10 20<br />
<br />
==Specifications ==<br />
:• Number of Channels: 4 <br />
:• Input connectors: Teflon insulated [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BNC_connector BNC connectors] on front panel.<br />
:• Available configurations:<br />
::• Voltmeter (mV)<br />
::• pH and Ion Selective Electrode meter<br />
::• Conductivity meter<br />
::• RTD Temperature meter <br />
::• Thermistor Temperature meter<br />
::• Oxygen meter (dO2)<br />
::• Biosensor Amperometric meter <br />
:• Channel function individually configurable with software<br />
:• Operating Temperature: -10°C to 50°C<br />
:• Protection: +/-15V<br />
:• Isolation: Minimum 2500V isolation from system ground all channels individually isolated from ground and from each other.<br />
:• Maximum input voltage: 250 V @ 50 or 60 Hz<br />
:• Maximum sampling rate: 100 s/s on each channel<br />
:• ADC resolution: 24 Bits<br />
:• Digital connection: USB with virtual serial port<br />
:• COM port setting: 115200 baud; 8 bits; 1 stopbit; no parity; flow control NONE<br />
:• Operating temperature: 0 – 45°C<br />
:• Power: 5 V DC external power, <100 mA at start up, <500 mA in operation.<br />
:• Dimensions w x h x d: 130 x 35 x 185 mm<br />
:• Weight: 500g<br />
:• Indicators: <br />
::• Power On LED Blue,<br />
::• Online/active Green/flashing green LED<br />
<br />
=== Voltmeter - mV ===<br />
:• Voltage Input ranges: <br />
::: ±2000 mV with Gain error 0.01%<br />
::: ±200 mV Gain error < 0.2%<br />
::: ±20 mV with Gain error < 0.2%<br />
:• Input impedance: >10<sup>12</sup> ohms || 4 pF<br />
:• Input leakage current: <30 fA @25°C<br />
:• DC temperature drift: <5 µV/°C<br />
:• DC Offset Error: < 1 mV<br />
:• Resolution: < 10 uV<br />
:• Noise: < 5 uV RMS at 10 /s<br />
<br />
=== pH– Ion Selective electrodes ===<br />
:• pH Input range: <br />
::: > 0 - 14 pH on ±2000 mV range with Gain error < 0.01%<br />
::: 3.6 – 10.4 pH on ±200 mV range with Gain error < 0.2%<br />
:• Input impedance: > 10<sup>13</sup> ohms || 4 pF<br />
:• Input leakage current: < 30 fA @ 25°C<br />
:• DC temperature drift: < 5 µV/°C<br />
:• DC Offset Error: < 1 mV<br />
:• Resolution: < 10 µV or 0.0001 pH<br />
:• Noise: < 5 uV RMS at 10 /s<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity ===<br />
:• Conductivity ranges: 200 mS, 20 mS, 2 mS, 200 µS 20 µS, 2 µS<br />
:• Gain error: <br />
::: < 1% FS on 200 mS and 2 uS ranges<br />
::: < 0.1% on other ranges.<br />
:• Excitation source: Square Wave 0 - 200 mV<sub>p-p</sub> 10 Hz to 10 kHz<br />
:• Noise: < 0.01% at 1 /s<br />
:• Temperature drift: < 0.01%/°C Negligible compared to solution temperature TC.<br />
<br />
=== RTD Temp ===<br />
:• Temperature probe: 1000 Ohm Pt RTD eg. [http://www.edaq.com/ET021 ET021]<br />
:• Temperature range: -20 to 500°C<br />
:• Accuracy: ±(0.10 + n/600)°C, where n = temperature in °C<br />
:• Resolution: 0.001°C<br />
:• Offset error: < 0.1% of FS <br />
:• Noise: < 0.1% of FS at 1 /s<br />
:• Temperature drift: <0.01% of FS/°C<br />
<br />
=== Thermistor ===<br />
:• Temperature probe: 30 kohm Thermistor eg. [http://www.edaq.com/ET020 ET020]<br />
:• Temperature ranges: -10 to 75°C and -25 to +125°C<br />
:• Accuracy: ±0.2°C <br />
:• Resolution: 0.001°C<br />
:• Offset error: <0.1% of FS <br />
:• Noise: <0.1% of FS at 1 /s<br />
:• Temperature drift: <0.01% of FS/°C<br />
<br />
=== dO2 ===<br />
:• Current Input Range: 20uA,2uA,200nA,20nA<br />
:• Resolution: >1:1,000,000<br />
:• Polarization Range: -1000 mV<br />
:• Polarization resolution: 1mV<br />
:• Offset Range: +/-20µA<br />
:• Noise: <1pA RMS at 1 /s<br />
<br />
=== Biosensor ===<br />
:• Current Input Range: 20uA, 2uA, 200nA, 20nA<br />
:• Resolution: >1:1,000,000<br />
:• Polarization Range: –2000 to +2000 mV<br />
:• Polarization resolution: 1mV<br />
:• Offset Range: +/-20µA<br />
:• Noise: <1pA RMS at 1 /s<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
isoPod, Quad MF isoPod, Pod-Vu, and MF Configurator are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this product, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for 12 months from the date of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Pod-Vu, MF Confiurator etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
<br />
computers, more than two copies must not be used<br />
simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are<br />
available if you wish to run more than two copies<br />
simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4850
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-06-12T00:15:47Z
<p>Boris: /* ET1120 Oxyfen electrode Cleaning and storage */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxygen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4849
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-06-12T00:15:14Z
<p>Boris: /* ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.<br />
<br />
=== ET1120 Oxyfen electrode Cleaning and storage ===<br />
<br />
• CLEANING <br />
Using any electrode in solutions containing protein requires the electrode be rinsed with an enzyme cleaning solution.<br />
After each use, we recommend cleaning our electrodes with Terg-a-zyme (Alconox, Inc.) or a chromic/sulfuric acid glass cleaning solution by submerging the electrodes for a couple of minutes in order to remove all protein from the glass and reference junction.<br />
This will prolong the useful life of the electrodes.<br />
STORAGE <br />
Always clean the microelectrode before storing:<br />
• Long-term (over 2 weeks): Return the probe to its original container and prepare it in the same condition in which you received it. Usually this means simply moistening the sponge located in the bottom of the protective glass tube with pH 4 buffer.<br />
• Short-term: The probe can be left in an acid pH buffer solution (pH 4.01).</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4813
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-04-30T00:42:44Z
<p>Boris: /* Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store ET072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4812
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-04-30T00:41:48Z
<p>Boris: /* Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store et072 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4811
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2018-04-03T05:04:15Z
<p>Boris: </p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Conductivity Probes ET901 ET902 ET903 Lose the Black Plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised.<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
'''Instructions for replatinization of electrode surfaces using a YSI 3139 PLATINIZING KIT'''<br />
<br />
The kit consists of a 4.5 VDC supply containing three “D” (flashlight) cells, a<br />
milliammeter, a current control, and a polarity reversal switch. A 3 ½ oz. Jar is included<br />
for use as a platinizing solution container.<br />
Platinizing solution is not included with the kit. It is available in 2 oz. quantities –<br />
enough to platinize at least 25 cells – as YSI No. 3140. This solution consists of 1.77<br />
gm Platinic Chloride and .015 gm Lead Acetate dissolved in 2 oz. distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''OPERATION'''<br />
<br />
1. Place the solution container in the clip provided on the instrument.<br />
2. Pour 2 oz. platinizing solution into the container.<br />
3. Place the cell in the solution and connect the cell leads to the binding posts.<br />
4. Adjust the current control for 50 MA indication on the meter, tap meter.<br />
5. Platinize for 3 to 4 minutes. Reverse the polarity ever 30 seconds.<br />
6. Rinse the cell in running water for about 15 minutes.<br />
7. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
'''CELL CLEANING'''<br />
<br />
It may be necessary to clean the cell in order to ensure a good coating of<br />
platinum black. Since the electrodes in the YSI 3400 Series Cell are soldered with fine<br />
gold, DO NOT CLEAN THIS CELL IN AQUA REGIA OR IN SOLUTIONS WHICH MIGHT ATTACK GOLD. <br />
<br />
The conductivity cell should be cleaned as follows:<br />
<br />
1. Prepare a solution containing 100 ml isopropyl alcohol, 50 ml concentrated HCl, and<br />
50 ML distilled water.<br />
2. Immerse the cell electrode chamber in the solution for 3 to 4 minutes.<br />
3. Rinse the cell in distilled water.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
> 5 what is the maximum operating temperature.<br />
<br />
The electrode will operate at temperatures below 90 Centigrade. Exceeding this temperature can cause boiling of the internal solution leading potentially to electrode damage.<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Measuring_the_Conductivity_of_a_Liquid_in_a_Pipette_Tip&diff=4787
Measuring the Conductivity of a Liquid in a Pipette Tip
2017-12-06T23:32:24Z
<p>Boris: </p>
<hr />
<div>''The conductivity of a liquid inside a pipette tip can be measured using the [https://www.edaq.com/ER818 ER818] Octal Contactless Conductivity System.''<br />
<br />
=== Introduction ===<br />
<br />
The ER818 offers a method to measure the conductivity of a liquid inside a pipette tip. This can be integrated into an automated robotic system, which delivers the pipette tip into the Octal headstage. Measuring the conductivity directly in the pipette tip, instead of transferring the liquid to a measuring vessel, has a number of advantages:<br />
<br />
* Low sample volumes<br />
* Low sample wastage<br />
* Zero cross-contamination<br />
<br />
The system has a conductivity range typically of 100 µS/cm to 10,000 µS/cm (the range is determined by the inner diameter of the sample tube).<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Hamilton pipette tip inside C4D ER818 ET128 hor.jpg|300px|thumb|left|Hamilton pipette tip and the positioning of the C4D electrodes (in red)]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The system uses a [https://www.edaq.com/c4d-contactless-conductivity-introduction capacitively-coupled contactless conductivity] measurement (C4D). This applies a high frequency signal to an excitation electrode on the outside of the pipette tip. This couples the signal to the sample by capacitive-coupling. A detection electrode, located some distance from the sample, measures the resulting current. The current is proportional to the sample conductivity. The measured quantity will depend on the physical dimensions of the test volume and its conductivity.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Sample tube types C4D ER818 ET128.jpg|200px|thumb|right|Typical sample mediums]]<br />
'''Other possible sample mediums.''' Typical sample mediums are shown in the figure. All are based on individual samples, except for the 1600 µm outer diameter (OD) capillary, which also allows for a continuous conductivity measurement to be made as the sample flow through the capillary.<br />
<br />
1. Straight pipette tip<br />
<br />
2. Tapered pipette tip<br />
<br />
3. Capillary tubing with 1600 µm OD<br />
<br />
4. Melting point disposable glass tube with 1600 µm OD<br />
<br />
5. NMR tube with 5 mm OD<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:Setup C4D ER818 ET128.jpg|300px|thumb|right|Equipment setup with ER815 and ET128]]<br />
=== Equipment Required ===<br />
* [https://www.edaq.com/ER818 ER818] Octal Contactless Conductivity System, which includes:<br />
** [https://www.edaq.com/ER815 ER815] Contactless Conductivity Detector<br />
** ET128 Octal headstage<br />
* A computer with your own software to record the data (for example, Tera Term, LabVIEW, C#, WinWedge or HyperACCESS)<br />
* Your pipette tips with samples<br />
* A standard solution with conductivity in the middle of the measuring range, say 5 mS/cm<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Experiment Procedure ===<br />
A Quick Start guide describes how to connect the system, how to use Tera Term software to calibrate the system using a standard solution, how to adjust the gain and measure the conductivity of an unknown sample. The Quick Start guide can be downloaded from the [https://www.edaq.com/edaq-product-manuals manuals webpage].<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Notes ===<br />
==== Temperature ====<br />
The volumes of the liquids involved in these measurements are very small and subject to temperature variation. Typically there will be a 4 to 5 °C temperature difference between the ambient laboratory air and the internal temperature of the ET128 Octal headstage. This corresponds to a potential error in conductivity measurement of approximately 5-6%. Since the internal temperature of the headstage is available, temperature compensation can be performed.<br />
<br />
Allowing some time for the temperature to equalise can also help in reducing the temperature error. Another approach is to make the conductivity measurement as quickly as possible, before the sample temperature increases.<br />
<br />
==== Use of a Reference Channel ====<br />
<br />
In some applications where small changes in conductivity are to be measured, a reference channel can be used increase the sensitivity of the system and allow for temperature compensation. For example, if the conductivity of the unknown solutions are in the range 2 to 4 mS/cm, a reference solution of 3 mS/cm is selected and placed in the reference channel of the ET128 Octal headstage. This subtracts the reference conductivity value from the unknown solution's conductivity value, so that only the difference is displayed. An advantage of this technique is that any temperature drift in the reference will be removed from the unknown solution, thereby providing temperature compensation.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4746
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-09-17T22:55:07Z
<p>Boris: /* ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L ammonia solution to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4704
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-09-15T00:21:30Z
<p>Boris: /* ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
'''Question:''' I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
'''Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth''':Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4703
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-09-15T00:13:30Z
<p>Boris: /* Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions */</p>
<hr />
<div>''You can learn more about the electrodes by looking at [https://www.edaq.com/electrodes-transducers-accessories our range of electrodes], the relevant [https://www.edaq.com/research-applications research sections], and for voltammetric electrodes: the [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Setting_up_the_EChem_Startup_System videos], and [https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Application_Notes#Electrochemistry application notes].''<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.<br />
<br />
=== ET073 Reference Electrode in Organic solvent ===<br />
<br />
====Question====<br />
>I want to use your refillable Ag/AgCl reference electrode (ET073) in water-free conditions. Therefore, I filled it with AgNO3 (0.1M) in ACN. However, the potential of this Ag/AgNO3 reference electrode is not constant. Should I remove the darker AgCl coating from the silver wire?<br />
<br />
====Answer provided by Dr Paul Duckworth ====<br />
>Customer is attempting to make a silver/silver ion electrode for use in organic solvents (in the case 'AN' acetonitrile).<br />
<br />
To do this the AgCl coating on the silver wire MUST be completely removed. This can be done by using abrasive paper to rub the AgCl coating off. You can also use 1 mol/L to dissolve the AgCl.<br />
<br />
You can then fill the ET073 electrode with 0.1 mol/L silver salt solution (usually silver nitrate, tetrafluroborate, or hexafluorophosphate).<br />
<br />
You should now get a steady potential (but you need to keep temperature constant, to at least within 1 centigrade degree, to keep the potential constant to within 1 mV).<br />
<br />
Note that this type of reference electrode must not be used in a solution that contains ions like Cl-, Br-, I-, SCN-, OH-, S2-, or any other ion that will react with Ag+ ion to form a precipitate.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4502
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-08-09T00:20:14Z
<p>Boris: /* Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aqueous solutions of Bases and Acids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Is it possible to use these electrodes in diluted HCLO4 (aqueous solution at ~2M) during several hours?<br />
Is it possible to use it in diluted HF solutions (aqueous solution up to 5M) ? - within which pH range (aqueous solution) can it be used? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The electrode material is not affected by the acids mentioned above. This was established years ago. The electrodes can handle 5M acid or 5M base. There might be a small shift in potential which is reversible but no physical damage or leakage occurs. Can be used over the full range of pH and temperatures<br />
<br />
See other relevant questions and answers. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4501
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-08-09T00:10:56Z
<p>Boris: /* Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_General_Software_Questions&diff=4488
Frequently Asked Questions General Software Questions
2017-07-26T01:39:29Z
<p>Boris: /* Profiler and offset did not work on a ER125? */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
== What do you do if there is a software problem? ==<br />
<br />
Software bugs and problems range from simple problems easily reproducible to difficult problems that cannot be reproduced. Before we can react to a software problem we need a minimum amount of information:<br />
<br />
* Software name and version used<br />
* Hardware used and serial number<br />
* Operating system version<br />
* Description of problem<br />
<br />
When a problem requires accurate capture of events leading up to the error condition we have the following tool available:<br />
<br />
<br />
'''eRRS Software'''<br />
<br />
The eRRS Software (eDAQ Remote Reporting Software) is used to send software log files and system information to eDAQ support staff. Please get a customer to use this software '''only when requested''' by eDAQ Sydney, by downloading it and emailing the software to the customer.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Treatment of "." and "," as Decimal Separators. Why are numbers copied from our serial devices into Excel not handled correctly in Europe? ==<br />
<br />
This applies to all our serial devices, including the EPU35x isoPods, EPU452 MF isoPod, and the ER815/ER825 C4D detector.<br />
<br />
Serial devices made at eDAQ use a dot "." as a decimal separator, however in European countries a comma "," is often used. This can cause problems when importing or copy and pasting data into programs like Excel. This is because Excel will use the computer's regional settings to see how to interpret numbers, which is different to how eDAQ devices are representing them.<br />
<br />
We cannot change our software easily to accommodate this difference in decimal point usage within our firmware. Typically customer provided application software, such as LabVIEW, will be able to use the appropriate separators.<br />
<br />
For Excel, the solution to this is when either importing a file, or using the "text to columns" feature, go to the third page of the import Wizard, click "Advanced", then specify a decimal separator of ".".<br />
<br />
If you don't see this Wizard when loading a ".txt" file, then create a new workbook/sheet, then use the Data > From Text ribbon button to import the ".txt" file.<br />
<br />
Other software packages may have similar options. Another workaround is to temporarily change your regional settings (in the Windows control panel), to set the decimal and thousands separators to "." and "," respectively, then put them back after importing. Your software may require a restart after changing the settings, to get it to notice they have changed.<br />
<br />
== Profiler and offset did not work on an ER125? ==<br />
<br />
The problem was fixed due regional variations in using a "." or "," as a decimal separator, e.g. in numbers like "3.14159". We are guessing your computer was set to use Portuguese (Brazil) settings, which use a comma, but communications with the ER125 always uses a dot. The C4D App was using your OS's settings, which meant it couldn't understand the number. This new version forces the software to internally always use a "." in numbers when communicating with the hardware.<br />
<br />
== PowerChom Error codes ==<br />
<br />
When a PowerChrom system stops or crashes unexpectedly, a cryptic error message is often generated. This can be caused by:<br />
<br />
* Hardware error<br />
* Software error<br />
* Operating system action - for example an update<br />
* Other software application<br />
<br />
<br />
'''List of error messages:'''<br />
<br />
These error messages are not always useful in identifying a fault and the eRRS Software (eDAQ Remote Reporting Software) is much more useful in identifying problems.<br />
<br />
See below. There are two sets of error codes, so depending on where/when it occurred, it might be one thing or another.<br />
<br />
<br />
Maybe<br />
<br />
dsMustUseFCBAccessors = 119, /* FCBSPtr and FSFCBLen are invalid - must use FSM FCB accessor functions */<br />
<br />
dsVMBadBackingStore = 113, /*Error occurred while reading or writing the VM backing-store file*/<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
eParamErr = 113; { Bad parameter error }<br />
<br />
eRestarted = 119; { Application wasn't recognised }<br />
<br />
<br />
The full error lists are:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
dsNoFPU = 90, /*an FPU instruction was executed and the machine doesnÕt have one*/<br />
dsNoPatch = 98, /*Can't patch for particular Model Mac*/<br />
dsBadPatch = 99, /*Can't load patch resource*/<br />
dsParityErr = 101, /*memory parity error*/<br />
dsOldSystem = 102, /*System is too old for this ROM*/<br />
ds32BitMode = 103, /*booting in 32-bit on a 24-bit sys*/<br />
dsNeedToWriteBootBlocks = 104, /*need to write new boot blocks*/<br />
dsNotEnoughRAMToBoot = 105, /*must have at least 1.5MB of RAM to boot 7.0*/<br />
dsBufPtrTooLow = 106, /*bufPtr moved too far during boot*/<br />
dsVMDeferredFuncTableFull = 112, /*VM's DeferUserFn table is full*/<br />
dsVMBadBackingStore = 113, /*Error occurred while reading or writing the VM backing-store file*/<br />
dsCantHoldSystemHeap = 114, /*Unable to hold the system heap during boot*/<br />
dsSystemRequiresPowerPC = 116, /*Startup disk requires PowerPC*/<br />
dsGibblyMovedToDisabledFolder = 117, /* For debug builds only, signals that active gibbly was disabled during boot. */<br />
dsUnBootableSystem = 118, /* Active system file will not boot on this system because it was designed only to boot from a CD. */<br />
dsMustUseFCBAccessors = 119, /* FCBSPtr and FSFCBLen are invalid - must use FSM FCB accessor functions */<br />
dsMacOSROMVersionTooOld = 120, /* The version of the "Mac OS ROM" file is too old to be used with the installed version of system software */<br />
dsLostConnectionToNetworkDisk = 121, /* Lost communication with Netboot server */<br />
dsRAMDiskTooBig = 122, /* The RAM disk is too big to boot safely; will be turned off */<br />
dsWriteToSupervisorStackGuardPage = 128, /*the supervisor stack overflowed into its guard page */<br />
dsReinsert = 30, /*request user to reinsert off-line volume*/<br />
shutDownAlert = 42, /*handled like a shutdown error*/<br />
dsShutDownOrRestart = 20000, /*user choice between ShutDown and Restart*/<br />
dsSwitchOffOrRestart = 20001, /*user choice between switching off and Restart*/<br />
dsForcedQuit = 20002, /*allow the user to ExitToShell, return if Cancel*/<br />
dsRemoveDisk = 20003, /*request user to remove disk from manual eject drive*/<br />
dsDirtyDisk = 20004, /*request user to return a manually-ejected dirty disk*/<br />
dsShutDownOrResume = 20109, /*allow user to return to Finder or ShutDown*/<br />
dsSCSIWarn = 20010, /*Portable SCSI adapter warning.*/<br />
dsMBSysError = 29200, /*Media Bay replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBFlpySysError = 29201, /*Media Bay, floppy replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBATASysError = 29202, /*Media Bay, ATA replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBATAPISysError = 29203, /*Media Bay, ATAPI replace warning...*/<br />
dsMBExternFlpySysError = 29204, /*Media Bay, external floppy drive reconnect warning*/<br />
dsPCCardATASysError = 29205 /*PCCard has been ejected while still in use. */<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
kMajorVersion = 1; { Required major patch level for this interface code }<br />
kNWarnings = 4; { # of warning records: enough to bore the user }<br />
kMaxConnected = 10; { Maximum simultaneous connections, not widely used so could remove restriction if we cared! }<br />
kInitialTimeOut = 30; { Red Bear application timeout in seconds; we have to<br />
communicate with it at least this often }<br />
<br />
eQFull = 112; { Queue-full error code }<br />
eParamErr = 113; { Bad parameter error }<br />
eIntfBad = 114; { Interface bad }<br />
eTimeOut = 115; { Something timed out }<br />
eUpdateProblem = 116; { Updating process got unexpected response }<br />
eMissingClass = 117; { Class needed for updating wasn't there }<br />
eClassLimit = 118;<br />
eRestarted = 119; { Application wasn't recognised }<br />
eNotImplemented= 120;<br />
eBadContext = 121;<br />
eNoSuchUnit = 122;<br />
eNoEcho = 123; { Didn't echo: check patchlevel }<br />
eTruncHeader = 130; { AppleTalk protocol problems }<br />
eWriteTrunc = 131;<br />
eSyncLost = 132;<br />
eRetarded_s = 133; { Enabler/MacLab too old for this code }<br />
eAdvanced = 134; { Enabler or MacLab version too new for ths code }<br />
e6502Based = 135; { Maclab isn't an s-series }<br />
//eNoEnabler_s = 136; { No enabler found and MacLab not up to date }<br />
eWrongUSBDriver= 137; { Wrong USB driver version }<br />
eUSBGoneAway = 138; { USB MacLab has gone away }<br />
//eNoEnabler_20 = 139; { No enabler found and MacLab not up to date }<br />
<br />
eNoEnabler = 900;<br />
eNoEnabler_s = eNoEnabler + kEnablerKind_68k; // No enabler found and MacLab not up to date<br />
eNoEnabler_Last = eNoEnabler + kEnablerKind_Last; // No enabler found and MacLab not up to date<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== Where can I find a driver for my eDAQ hardware? ==<br />
<br />
The drivers are on the installation software thumb drives and CDs that are sent from eDAQ. When you install the software, the driver will be copied onto the computer.<br />
<br />
The drivers are also found on the installation file when you download the software from the [http://www.edaq.com/software-downloads eDAQ website]<br />
<br />
<br />
== How can I run eDAQ software on Mac hardware ==<br />
<br />
MacOS software development was halted in July 2009. Mac OS Lion (Max OS10.7), released in 2011, no longer includes the 'Rosetta' function which enables old eDAQ Mac software to run. Latest Windows versions of the software can be run on Mac OSX computers based on Intel processors using Windows XP, Vista, 7 or 8 with a suitable virtual machine software such as VMware Fusion or Parallels.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_General_Software_Questions&diff=4487
Frequently Asked Questions General Software Questions
2017-07-26T01:39:00Z
<p>Boris: /* Treatment of "." and "," as Decimal Separators. Why are numbers copied from our serial devices into Excel not handled correctly in Europe? */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
== What do you do if there is a software problem? ==<br />
<br />
Software bugs and problems range from simple problems easily reproducible to difficult problems that cannot be reproduced. Before we can react to a software problem we need a minimum amount of information:<br />
<br />
* Software name and version used<br />
* Hardware used and serial number<br />
* Operating system version<br />
* Description of problem<br />
<br />
When a problem requires accurate capture of events leading up to the error condition we have the following tool available:<br />
<br />
<br />
'''eRRS Software'''<br />
<br />
The eRRS Software (eDAQ Remote Reporting Software) is used to send software log files and system information to eDAQ support staff. Please get a customer to use this software '''only when requested''' by eDAQ Sydney, by downloading it and emailing the software to the customer.<br />
<br />
<br />
== Treatment of "." and "," as Decimal Separators. Why are numbers copied from our serial devices into Excel not handled correctly in Europe? ==<br />
<br />
This applies to all our serial devices, including the EPU35x isoPods, EPU452 MF isoPod, and the ER815/ER825 C4D detector.<br />
<br />
Serial devices made at eDAQ use a dot "." as a decimal separator, however in European countries a comma "," is often used. This can cause problems when importing or copy and pasting data into programs like Excel. This is because Excel will use the computer's regional settings to see how to interpret numbers, which is different to how eDAQ devices are representing them.<br />
<br />
We cannot change our software easily to accommodate this difference in decimal point usage within our firmware. Typically customer provided application software, such as LabVIEW, will be able to use the appropriate separators.<br />
<br />
For Excel, the solution to this is when either importing a file, or using the "text to columns" feature, go to the third page of the import Wizard, click "Advanced", then specify a decimal separator of ".".<br />
<br />
If you don't see this Wizard when loading a ".txt" file, then create a new workbook/sheet, then use the Data > From Text ribbon button to import the ".txt" file.<br />
<br />
Other software packages may have similar options. Another workaround is to temporarily change your regional settings (in the Windows control panel), to set the decimal and thousands separators to "." and "," respectively, then put them back after importing. Your software may require a restart after changing the settings, to get it to notice they have changed.<br />
<br />
== Profiler and offset did not work on a ER125? ==<br />
<br />
The problem was fixed due regional variations in using a "." or "," as a decimal separator, e.g. in numbers like "3.14159". We are guessing your computer was set to use Portuguese (Brazil) settings, which use a comma, but communications with the ER125 always uses a dot. The C4D App was using your OS's settings, which meant it couldn't understand the number. This new version forces the software to internally always use a "." in numbers when communicating with the hardware.<br />
<br />
== PowerChom Error codes ==<br />
<br />
When a PowerChrom system stops or crashes unexpectedly, a cryptic error message is often generated. This can be caused by:<br />
<br />
* Hardware error<br />
* Software error<br />
* Operating system action - for example an update<br />
* Other software application<br />
<br />
<br />
'''List of error messages:'''<br />
<br />
These error messages are not always useful in identifying a fault and the eRRS Software (eDAQ Remote Reporting Software) is much more useful in identifying problems.<br />
<br />
See below. There are two sets of error codes, so depending on where/when it occurred, it might be one thing or another.<br />
<br />
<br />
Maybe<br />
<br />
dsMustUseFCBAccessors = 119, /* FCBSPtr and FSFCBLen are invalid - must use FSM FCB accessor functions */<br />
<br />
dsVMBadBackingStore = 113, /*Error occurred while reading or writing the VM backing-store file*/<br />
<br />
or<br />
<br />
eParamErr = 113; { Bad parameter error }<br />
<br />
eRestarted = 119; { Application wasn't recognised }<br />
<br />
<br />
The full error lists are:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
dsNoFPU = 90, /*an FPU instruction was executed and the machine doesnÕt have one*/<br />
dsNoPatch = 98, /*Can't patch for particular Model Mac*/<br />
dsBadPatch = 99, /*Can't load patch resource*/<br />
dsParityErr = 101, /*memory parity error*/<br />
dsOldSystem = 102, /*System is too old for this ROM*/<br />
ds32BitMode = 103, /*booting in 32-bit on a 24-bit sys*/<br />
dsNeedToWriteBootBlocks = 104, /*need to write new boot blocks*/<br />
dsNotEnoughRAMToBoot = 105, /*must have at least 1.5MB of RAM to boot 7.0*/<br />
dsBufPtrTooLow = 106, /*bufPtr moved too far during boot*/<br />
dsVMDeferredFuncTableFull = 112, /*VM's DeferUserFn table is full*/<br />
dsVMBadBackingStore = 113, /*Error occurred while reading or writing the VM backing-store file*/<br />
dsCantHoldSystemHeap = 114, /*Unable to hold the system heap during boot*/<br />
dsSystemRequiresPowerPC = 116, /*Startup disk requires PowerPC*/<br />
dsGibblyMovedToDisabledFolder = 117, /* For debug builds only, signals that active gibbly was disabled during boot. */<br />
dsUnBootableSystem = 118, /* Active system file will not boot on this system because it was designed only to boot from a CD. */<br />
dsMustUseFCBAccessors = 119, /* FCBSPtr and FSFCBLen are invalid - must use FSM FCB accessor functions */<br />
dsMacOSROMVersionTooOld = 120, /* The version of the "Mac OS ROM" file is too old to be used with the installed version of system software */<br />
dsLostConnectionToNetworkDisk = 121, /* Lost communication with Netboot server */<br />
dsRAMDiskTooBig = 122, /* The RAM disk is too big to boot safely; will be turned off */<br />
dsWriteToSupervisorStackGuardPage = 128, /*the supervisor stack overflowed into its guard page */<br />
dsReinsert = 30, /*request user to reinsert off-line volume*/<br />
shutDownAlert = 42, /*handled like a shutdown error*/<br />
dsShutDownOrRestart = 20000, /*user choice between ShutDown and Restart*/<br />
dsSwitchOffOrRestart = 20001, /*user choice between switching off and Restart*/<br />
dsForcedQuit = 20002, /*allow the user to ExitToShell, return if Cancel*/<br />
dsRemoveDisk = 20003, /*request user to remove disk from manual eject drive*/<br />
dsDirtyDisk = 20004, /*request user to return a manually-ejected dirty disk*/<br />
dsShutDownOrResume = 20109, /*allow user to return to Finder or ShutDown*/<br />
dsSCSIWarn = 20010, /*Portable SCSI adapter warning.*/<br />
dsMBSysError = 29200, /*Media Bay replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBFlpySysError = 29201, /*Media Bay, floppy replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBATASysError = 29202, /*Media Bay, ATA replace warning.*/<br />
dsMBATAPISysError = 29203, /*Media Bay, ATAPI replace warning...*/<br />
dsMBExternFlpySysError = 29204, /*Media Bay, external floppy drive reconnect warning*/<br />
dsPCCardATASysError = 29205 /*PCCard has been ejected while still in use. */<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
kMajorVersion = 1; { Required major patch level for this interface code }<br />
kNWarnings = 4; { # of warning records: enough to bore the user }<br />
kMaxConnected = 10; { Maximum simultaneous connections, not widely used so could remove restriction if we cared! }<br />
kInitialTimeOut = 30; { Red Bear application timeout in seconds; we have to<br />
communicate with it at least this often }<br />
<br />
eQFull = 112; { Queue-full error code }<br />
eParamErr = 113; { Bad parameter error }<br />
eIntfBad = 114; { Interface bad }<br />
eTimeOut = 115; { Something timed out }<br />
eUpdateProblem = 116; { Updating process got unexpected response }<br />
eMissingClass = 117; { Class needed for updating wasn't there }<br />
eClassLimit = 118;<br />
eRestarted = 119; { Application wasn't recognised }<br />
eNotImplemented= 120;<br />
eBadContext = 121;<br />
eNoSuchUnit = 122;<br />
eNoEcho = 123; { Didn't echo: check patchlevel }<br />
eTruncHeader = 130; { AppleTalk protocol problems }<br />
eWriteTrunc = 131;<br />
eSyncLost = 132;<br />
eRetarded_s = 133; { Enabler/MacLab too old for this code }<br />
eAdvanced = 134; { Enabler or MacLab version too new for ths code }<br />
e6502Based = 135; { Maclab isn't an s-series }<br />
//eNoEnabler_s = 136; { No enabler found and MacLab not up to date }<br />
eWrongUSBDriver= 137; { Wrong USB driver version }<br />
eUSBGoneAway = 138; { USB MacLab has gone away }<br />
//eNoEnabler_20 = 139; { No enabler found and MacLab not up to date }<br />
<br />
eNoEnabler = 900;<br />
eNoEnabler_s = eNoEnabler + kEnablerKind_68k; // No enabler found and MacLab not up to date<br />
eNoEnabler_Last = eNoEnabler + kEnablerKind_Last; // No enabler found and MacLab not up to date<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== Where can I find a driver for my eDAQ hardware? ==<br />
<br />
The drivers are on the installation software thumb drives and CDs that are sent from eDAQ. When you install the software, the driver will be copied onto the computer.<br />
<br />
The drivers are also found on the installation file when you download the software from the [http://www.edaq.com/software-downloads eDAQ website]<br />
<br />
<br />
== How can I run eDAQ software on Mac hardware ==<br />
<br />
MacOS software development was halted in July 2009. Mac OS Lion (Max OS10.7), released in 2011, no longer includes the 'Rosetta' function which enables old eDAQ Mac software to run. Latest Windows versions of the software can be run on Mac OSX computers based on Intel processors using Windows XP, Vista, 7 or 8 with a suitable virtual machine software such as VMware Fusion or Parallels.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4467
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-07-19T00:45:09Z
<p>Boris: /* ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.<br />
<br />
=== Leakless Reference Electrodes general questions===<br />
<br />
> 1. what is the resistance of the leakless ref electrode ?<br />
<br />
less than 10 kohm<br />
<br />
> 2. is there a difference between the miniature and the larger LF electrodes (aside from the size) ?<br />
<br />
No.<br />
<br />
> 3. is there any experience with use of these LF electrodes used over months or even years (drift of potential due to ions intruding from the electrolyte?)<br />
<br />
Depending on conditions (solvents, temperature, etc) and frequency of use you can usually expect months to years of use.<br />
<br />
> 4. what is the pin material ?<br />
<br />
gold plated<br />
<br />
Please remember these electrodes are designed primarily for ease of use, and generally need to be replaced when they begin to show excessive drift. See information sheet at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/product_sheets/transducers/ET072_Leakless_Miniature_Ag-AgCl_Reference_Electrode.pdf. for Maintenance details.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions_Electrodes&diff=4466
Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes
2017-07-10T04:22:45Z
<p>Boris: /* When do Electrodes require cleaning? */</p>
<hr />
<div>__TOC__<br />
<br />
=== When do Electrodes require cleaning? ===<br />
<br />
<br />
See the application note [[Cleaning and Polishing Voltammetric Electrodes]]<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
1. If they look dirty they probably are and cleaning should be done.<br />
<br />
2. If the electrochemistry reaction produces any sort of insoluble material (including any sort of electrodeposition or electropolymerization reaction) then cleaning of the working electrode (and maybe also the auxiliary electrode) will be required.<br />
<br />
3. If you get strange peaks in a cyclic voltammogram run when the the electrodes are placed in fresh solvent/electrolyte then (assuming the electrolyte solution is pure) then the working electrode surface should be cleaned.<br />
<br />
4. If the current is unexpectedly small then the working (or auxiliary) electrode surface may be coated with a non conductive material. Although by this stage it would normally be visibly fouled.<br />
<br />
5. If you get the expected voltammetric peaks but at wrong E values then the reference electrode may be exhausted and need regenerating or replacement.<br />
<br />
6. If you get oscillations/noise in starting a volumetric experiment then the reference electrode may be clogged or broken giving an open circuit. If this is suspected then repeat the experiment without the reference electrode attached. If you get a similar result then the reference electrode needs cleaning or replacement.<br />
<br />
Our [https://www.edaq.com/ET030 ET030 Electrode Polishing Kit] is useful for cleaning electrodes.<br />
<br />
=== Effect of high pH values on ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the [https://www.edaq.com/ET072-1 ET072] Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode is stable in extreme pH-conditions. It would be used for several weeks in pH 12-13 environments. Would that be a problem you think ?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The LF electrodes were kept in 5 M potassium hydroxide for few days and in 3 M in sodium hydroxide for over a year. No junction damage occurred. A little shift in potential might occur, but the electrode functions well<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode Extreme operating conditions ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
A customer would like to know if the ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode will endure 1M<br />
KOH solution @ 80°C conditions ?<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
ET072 was boiled in KOH for 15 min then left it to cool down for one hour in KOH. There were no apparent change in conductivity or potential.<br />
<br />
Soaked one ET072 in 5 M KOH at room temperature for weeks. There was no damage.<br />
<br />
This is an important advantage, since researchers use toxic mercury/mercury oxide electrodes with porous junctions because normal Ag/AgCl electrodes are not stable due to the formation of Ag(OH) which is converted to Ag2O. So our ET072 electrode can be used in extreme acid or extreme base. These electrodes have been soaked for long periods >300days and even boiled in 100g/l Sulfuric acid without damage.<br />
<br />
=== Measuring Sugars using Zensor Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked about measuring total carbohydrates (Sugars in sweet beverages)<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Copper-plated Zensor electrodes have been used to detect various sugars (which is the type of carbohydrates I guess your customers are interested in). See the Zen2005 paper "An electrochemical cell coupled with disposable screen-printed electrodes for use in flow injection analysis". Copper plating of carbon Zensor electrode (eg [https://www.edaq.com/ET083-40 ET083]) is also described in this paper. These electrodes can be used with the [https://www.edaq.com/ET066 Zensor Flow cell] or the customer might be able to build their own flow cell.<br />
<br />
Since then Zensor also produce a 'copper nanoparticle' electrode that is suited for sugar detection, see their 'NCSE' series screen printed working electrodes, (brochure enclosed, in traditional Chinese [[File:Ncse.pdf]]). We don't stock the electrodes but when we last enquired about them they sold in a pack of 8 for the same price as charged for a pack of 40 of the carbon electrodes (ie five times more expensive than ET083).<br />
<br />
=== Instructions in using Leak-Free Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Customer asked for instruction regarding use of ET072 electrodes<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
ET072 PLEASE DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE CONNECTOR.<br />
REMOVE THE CAP PROTECTING THE TIP BEFORE USE.<br />
ET072 was developed with the use of conventional reference electrodes.<br />
ET072 utilizes a unique junction which is robust and highly conductive but not porous. <br />
ET072 junction is resistant to most commonly used organic solvents. It is not affected by hydrofluoric acid and common dilute acids and bases.<br />
Please contact us for further information.<br />
There is no need to store LF-2 in concentrated chloride solution. <br />
If the electrode is left to dry for a very long period of time, it should be immersed <br />
in water for a few hours.<br />
If using the electrode in solutions containing ions that form precipitates with chloride and potassium ions, we DO NOT recommend storing the electrode in potassium chloride solution.<br />
If using the electrode in dry organic solvent, the electrode should be washed with <br />
solvent or acetone to remove water. <br />
The electrode should be stored in aqueous solution NOT the organic solvent.<br />
<br />
=== High resistance of ET072 Leakless Miniature Ag/AgCl Reference Electrode ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
I recently purchased a miniature leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode from eDAQ, and I am trying to use it for cyclic voltammetry in a rotating disk electrode setup. I am getting very bizarre results and my potentiostat is having trouble giving me a quality uncompensated resistance value for the cell (gives high phase error). I did not have this problem when working with an Ag/AgCl with a porous junction. Is the resistance of these leakless electrodes necessarily higher than that of those with porous frits? Is there a difference in experimental applications between your miniature leakless electrodes and regular-sized ones (i.e., is there a range of suitable currents for the smaller electrode vs. the larger one)?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
The ET072 has an internal resistance (impedance) of less than 10 kohm. In most cases this will not present a problem for the potentiostat however in some cases large electrode impedance (depending on factors such as choice of electrolyte solution, distances between working, reference, and auxiliary electrodes, etc) may cause potentiostat instability, especially if positive feedback iR compensation is being used.<br />
<br />
In such cases it may be necessary to:<br />
<br />
1. run the potentiostat in 'high stability' mode (refer to the potentiostat manual) <br />
<br />
2. select a different reference electrode with lower impedance. The 'leakier' the electrode the less resistance/impedance it will have.<br />
<br />
3. change the electrochemical cell design and especially bring the electrodes closer together, <br />
<br />
4. increase the concentration of the background electrolyte, or <br />
<br />
5. introduce a capacitor of appropriate size between the reference and auxiliary electrode.<br />
<br />
=== O-Rings used by eDAQ ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
What is the O-ring material used by eDAQ on various electrodes.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Nitrile/NBR a synthetic rubber used in many critical applications.<br />
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrile_rubber<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Calomel Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Does eDAQ sell Calomel electrodes?<br />
For information on calomel electrodes check out our web page at<br />
<br />
https://www.edaq.com/wiki/Reference_Electrode_Potentials#The_Calomel_.28Hg.2FHg2Cl2.29_Electrode<br />
<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
No we don't. Because of the many restrictions on selling and shipping mercury containing products (calomel is a mixture of mercury and mercurous chloride) we refer our customers to one of these sellers.<br />
<br />
<br />
Commercial calomel electrodes are available from:<br />
<br />
Koslow Scientific (USA) http://www.koslow.com<br />
ALS Co. Ltd (Japan) https://www.als-japan.com/1390.html<br />
Ionode Pty Ltd (Australia) http://www.ionode.com<br />
<br />
The real question is why anyone would want to use a calomel electrode in the first place? If the answer is that they have always done (they were once considered easy to make by the user) then the obvious question is why can't they use a silver/silver chloride electrode.<br />
<br />
There may be some technical reason that precludes the use of a silver/silver chloride electrode, and this may need to be verified. But otherwise why not use an off-the-shelf silver/silver chloride electrode, including our leakless reference electrodes - they are usually cheaper and come in a greater variety of shapes and sizes. <br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in Ionic Liquids ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can ET069 and ET072 leakless ref electrodes be used in ionic liquids (RTILs Room Temperature Ionic Liquids)? <br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes should be OK to use in most ionic liquids. However the potentials under these conditions are not established standards and it would be best at the end of the experiment to use a cyclic voltammogram of ferrocene in the ionic liquid to determine reportable values.<br />
Ferrocene is also often used as a reference for volumetric experiments in organic solvents.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of ET072 and ET069 in aggressive solvents ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Can the above leakless electrodes be used in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Our leakless electrodes ET072 and ET069 enable you to<br />
perform your experiments in organic solvents, perchlorate and silver<br />
salts solutions, or Hydrofluoric acids without being worried about<br />
clogging or degradation!<br />
It can also be used for long term experiments without the worry that<br />
the filling electrolyte be diluted or run out.<br />
This leakless reference electrode uses our newly developed<br />
conductive junction. The filling electrolyte is<br />
confined to the barrel and will not leak at all (zero leakage). The<br />
junction has very high conductivity with resistance under 10 kohm. It<br />
has exceptional mechanical stability, zero swelling, resistance to<br />
organic solvents, and is robust. The junction potential is independent of<br />
the sample nature or ionic strength. The electrode body is constructed<br />
from PEEK for superior chemical resistance. The filling electrolyte<br />
(3.4 M KCl) does not leak through the junction which prevents sample<br />
contamination with chloride and potassium ions. This means no clogging<br />
and no need for double junction. Since the electrode construction does<br />
not involve any glass, it can be used in hydrofluoric acid solutions.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Use of HydroFlex Hydrogen Electrodes ===<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
We have some laboratory electrochemical test cells that need a good reversible hydrogen electrode. The working electrolyte for these cells is 32% caustic soda at 90 degrees C. Will the Hydroflex electrode hold up well in these conditions?<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
Hydroflex is usable as a Reversible, Standard and Normal Hydrogen Electrode (RHE SHE, NHE).<br />
<br />
The most common use of HydroFlex in the daily lab routine certainly is the application as RHE. You simply dip HydroFlex into your solution, directly. The advantages are obvious. You don't need a liquid junction, you don't have diffusion potentials and you don't contaminate your solution by ions flowing out of your reference system.<br />
As HydroFlex needs no maintenance except the regular exchange of the H2-Cartridge every 6 months, it is very well applicable for long-term tests. <br />
<br />
Hydroflex is particularly suitable as a reference electrode in aqueous acid or alkali solutions, and can be used at pressures up to 10 bar and temperatures of up to 210 °C. pH range -2 to pH 16<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating.png|300px|thumb|right|ET903 Conductivity Probe loses its black plating]]<br />
<br />
QUESTION<br />
<br />
Please see the photo of ET903 electrode. When we first delivered the electrode to our user, the red marked platinum plate was plated by some black substance. But now the black substance peels off from the platinum plate. <br />
<br />
Please advise us whether we can use the electrode continuously or not.<br />
<br />
ANSWER<br />
<br />
These electrodes or probes use platinum which is platinised. See this [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Platinum_black#Process_of_platinization_of_platinum_metal Wikipedia explanation]<br />
<br />
After platinization, the electrode should be rinsed and stored in distilled water. The electrode loses its catalytic properties on prolonged exposure to air and becomes more likely to damage.<br />
<br />
If some of the platinum black has been removed, the K value will change, but can be adjusted for by calibration. If most has been removed, it will require to be re-platinised (instructions included above).<br />
<br />
Platinum black on the surface of the electrode is fragile and can be shaken off or damaged and may need recoating. These electrodes are suitable for continuous use in a stable environment. The length of continuous use may depend on the exact conditions of flow/ temperature and mechanical conditions.<br />
<br />
The above is relevant for the [https://www.edaq.com/ET901 ET901], [https://www.edaq.com/ET902 ET902] and [https://www.edaq.com/ET903 ET903] conductivity probes.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=4447
Main Page
2017-06-28T23:48:23Z
<p>Boris: Reverted edits by Boris (talk) to last revision by Oliver</p>
<hr />
<div>This Wiki site was created for discussion about eDAQ products and their uses.<br />
<br />
== [[Application Notes]] ==<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Electrochemistry|Electrochemistry]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Chromatography_PowerChrom|PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Data_Recording_in_Chart|Data Recording in Chart]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#C4D_Conductivity_Detector|C4D Conductivity Detector]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#SDx_Tethered_Membranes|SDx Tethered Membranes]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Technical_Notes|Technical Notes]]<br />
<br />
== [[Teaching Notes]] ==<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP001_Anodic_Stripping_Voltammetry|Anodic Stripping Voltammetry]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP002_Cyclic_Voltammetry_of_Ferrocene_Carboxylic_Acid|Cyclic Voltammetry]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP004a_Measurement_of_Iron_Corrosion_Exchange_Current|Corrosion of Iron]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP006_Fluoride_Ion_Selective_Electrodes|Ion Selective Electrodes]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP009_Heat_of_Neutralisation|Heat of Neutralisation]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP011_The_pH_Electrode_and_Potentiometric_Titrations|Potentiometric Titration]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#Phospholipid_Membrane_Conductivity|Conductivity of a Phospholipid Membrane]]<br />
<br />
== [[Screencast Training Videos]] ==<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Electrochemistry|Electrochemistry]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Electrochemical_Impedance_Spectroscopy_.28EIS.29|Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Chart|Chart]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#PowerChrom|PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#C4D_Conductivity_Detector|C4D Conductivity Detector]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#SDx_Tethered_Membranes|SDx Tethered Membranes]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#FIA_Flow_Injection_Analysis|Flow Injection Analysis]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Pod-Vu_for_isoPods|Pod-Vu Software]]<br />
<br />
== [[Frequency Asked Questions]] ==<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions e-corders]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions isoPods]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions Potentiostats]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions C4D]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions Chart]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions Electrodes]]<br />
# [[Frequency Asked Questions General Software Questions]]<br />
<br />
== [[Manuals]] ==</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=4446
Main Page
2017-06-28T23:46:15Z
<p>Boris: /* Frequency Asked Questions */</p>
<hr />
<div>This Wiki site was created for discussion about eDAQ products and their uses.<br />
<br />
== [[Application Notes]] ==<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Electrochemistry|Electrochemistry]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Chromatography_PowerChrom|PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Data_Recording_in_Chart|Data Recording in Chart]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#C4D_Conductivity_Detector|C4D Conductivity Detector]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#SDx_Tethered_Membranes|SDx Tethered Membranes]]<br />
# [[Application_Notes#Technical_Notes|Technical Notes]]<br />
<br />
== [[Teaching Notes]] ==<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP001_Anodic_Stripping_Voltammetry|Anodic Stripping Voltammetry]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP002_Cyclic_Voltammetry_of_Ferrocene_Carboxylic_Acid|Cyclic Voltammetry]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP004a_Measurement_of_Iron_Corrosion_Exchange_Current|Corrosion of Iron]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP006_Fluoride_Ion_Selective_Electrodes|Ion Selective Electrodes]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP009_Heat_of_Neutralisation|Heat of Neutralisation]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#EXP011_The_pH_Electrode_and_Potentiometric_Titrations|Potentiometric Titration]]<br />
# [[Teaching_Notes#Phospholipid_Membrane_Conductivity|Conductivity of a Phospholipid Membrane]]<br />
<br />
== [[Screencast Training Videos]] ==<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Electrochemistry|Electrochemistry]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Electrochemical_Impedance_Spectroscopy_.28EIS.29|Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Chart|Chart]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#PowerChrom|PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#C4D_Conductivity_Detector|C4D Conductivity Detector]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#SDx_Tethered_Membranes|SDx Tethered Membranes]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#FIA_Flow_Injection_Analysis|Flow Injection Analysis]]<br />
# [[Screencast_Training_Videos#Pod-Vu_for_isoPods|Pod-Vu Software]]<br />
<br />
== [[Frequently Asked Questions]] ==<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions PowerChrom]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions e-corders]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions isoPods]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions Potentiostats]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions C4D]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions Chart]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions Electrodes]]<br />
# [[Frequently Asked Questions General Software Questions]]<br />
<br />
== [[Manuals]] ==</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=Signal_Sources_and_Amplifiers&diff=4218
Signal Sources and Amplifiers
2016-05-20T00:36:48Z
<p>Boris: </p>
<hr />
<div>==Introduction==<br />
<br />
In order to record an experimental signal with high fidelity 3 issues need to be considered.<br />
<br />
*Signal Sources to be measured<br />
*Characteristics of the signal sources<br />
*Type of Amplifier used to record the signal<br />
<br />
==Signal Sources==<br />
<br />
[[File:New general ss.svg|200px|thumb|left|Generalised Signal source]]<br />
<br />
There are 4 types or classes of electrical signal sources which occur in various experimental situations:<br />
* Single ended - Floating<br />
* Single ended - Grounded with Common mode voltage<br />
* Balanced - Floating<br />
* Balanced - Grounded with Common mode voltage<br />
<br />
It is important to understand the characteristics of these signal sources in order that they can be matched to the correct amplifier/recording system without degrading the accuracy of the measurement.<br />
<br />
NOTE: In discussing the characteristics of signal sources reference will be made to "Source Impedance" which in its most general form consists of a combination of 3 electrical elements: Resistance,Inductance and Capacitance.<br />
In most cases one of these elements will predominate, most commonly resistance. So when the term "Source Resistance" is used it implies that the impedance of the source is mainly resistive in nature.<br />
At DC or low frequencies source impedance is mainly resistive. The other elements, capacitance and inductance only come into play at higher frequencies.<br />
<br />
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_impedance<br />
<br />
In its most general form a signal source can be described by the diagram Generalised Signal source<br />
<br />
<br />
The 4 classes are listed and discussed below:<br />
<br />
===Single Ended - Floating===<br />
<br />
[[File:New SE Floating.svg|200px|thumb|left|SE Floating]]<br />
<br />
Single Ended Floating signals appears between the two terminals of the signal source. Either of these terminals can be grounded without altering the potential across the two terminals. All signal sources can be regarded as Voltage or Current sources as defined in Nortons Theorem.<br />
<br />
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norton%27s_theorem.<br />
<br />
In an analytical laboratory:<br />
<br />
Typical voltage ranges: 1 uV (thermocouples) to 30,000 volts (capillary electrophoresis high voltage supplies) - internal impedances are typically low.<br />
<br />
Typical current ranges: <1 pA (small amperometric electrode) to >10 amps (high power potentiostat) - internal impedances are typically high.<br />
<br />
Signal frequency content: DC to MHz<br />
<br />
An ideal voltage source has a near zero internal impedance. An accurate reading can only be obtained with a measuring circuit whose own internal resistance is much higher than the source resistance of the source. Voltmeters therefore need to have a high internal resistance - ideally infinite. <br />
<br />
An ideal current source has a near infinite internal impedance. In this case to measure the source current the measurement impedance should be very low. Ammeters therefore need to have a low internal resistance - ideally zero.<br />
<br />
'''Examples'''<br />
<br />
'''SE Voltage sources'''<br />
*Battery - very low internal resistance<br />
*pH cell - very high internal resistance<br />
*Thermocouple - very low internal resistance<br />
<br />
'''SE Current sources'''<br />
*Silicon detector - high internal resistance<br />
*Electrochemical sensor - high internal resistance<br />
*Piezo-Electric sensor - very high resistance<br />
<br />
<br />
===Single ended - Grounded with Common mode voltage===<br />
In this configuration one of the terminals is effectively connected to ground via another signal source - called a "Common Mode Voltage". This CM Voltage may be intentional but in most cases it is unintentional and can present a significant problem in the measurement of the signal of interest. In this case the effective signal occurs across the two terminals of the source and is made up of the signal with the CM voltage added to it as shown below.<br />
A special but common case of this configuration is when the CM voltage is zero and one of the terminals is effectively connected to ground.<br />
<br />
Examples of Single Ended Grounded with common mode<br />
*AC Line powered signal generator <br />
*Resistive shunt for measuring current<br />
*AC powered transducer<br />
*Chromatography detector<br />
<br />
<br />
===Balanced - Floating===<br />
In this configuration the two terminals are both active and have equal impedance to a common point which is floating and unconnected to ground. The voltage on the two terminals moves in different directions in relation to the common point.<br />
<br />
Examples of Balanced floating Source <br />
*Four Arm Wheatstone Bridge with floating power supply<br />
*Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)<br />
*Center tapped Transformer<br />
<br />
<br />
===Balanced - Grounded with Common mode voltage===<br />
In this configuration the two terminals are both active and have equal impedance to a common point which is connected to ground via a CM voltage. The voltage on the two terminals moves in different directions in relation to the common point. The CM voltage can be zero when the center point is directly grounded, it can be at a fixed DC value or can result from unintentional connection to ground.<br />
<br />
Examples of Balanced floating Source with common mode voltage<br />
*Four Arm Wheatstone Bridge with line powered supply<br />
*Differential output Operational Amplifier<br />
<br />
<br />
==Source Characteristics==<br />
<br />
<br />
Characteristics of electrical signal sources in a chemistry analytical laboratory.<br />
<br />
Examples:<br />
====Single Ended Referenced to Ground====<br />
In this case one terminal contains the signal and the other terminal is referenced to ground. This reference to ground can be modelled by an Impedance and a series voltage source. These are referred to as Common Mode Impedance (Zcm) and Common Mode voltage (Vcm)<br />
<br />
There are three distinct conditions:<br />
* Zcm is infinite: The signal source becomes a “Floating source”. Examples include pH electrode, pH/ion selective electrode, piezo electric sensor, thermocouple, and battery or battery powered instrument or meter.<br />
* Zcm is zero: The signal source becomes “Grounded source”. One terminal carries the signal and the other is connected to ground or 0 volts. An example is an AC powered instrument like a signal generator.<br />
* Zcm is nonzero: This represents most practical situations. This term is sometimes introduced as a necessary component in the measurement system but typically it represents a “noise” element to be avoided by the choice of an appropriate amplifier input configuration. <br />
<br />
<br />
AC powered equipment<br />
<br />
===Source Impedance===<br />
The signal source impedance will determine the type of Amplifier required to measure the signal.<br />
<br />
===Source Voltage===<br />
The source voltage will determine the amplification level required in the recorder amplifier<br />
<br />
===Source Frequency content===<br />
The source frequency content will determine the frequency response of the recorder amplifier.<br />
<br />
==Amplifier types==<br />
The amplifier input configuration required will be determined by the Source configuration discussed above.<br />
<br />
===Single ended - Grounded===<br />
===Single ended - Isolated===<br />
===Balanced - Grounded===<br />
===Balanced - Isolated===</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4137
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T07:39:34Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|Class="wikitable"<br />
|+ Rear Connector Pin Definition<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
| 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
| 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
| 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
| 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
!SYSTEM<br />
|-<br />
|High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Minimum output voltage: || ±300 <br />
|-<br />
| Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| Voltmeter Impedance || 20 MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% full load<br />
|-<br />
| Current Meter Range || 0 to ±10/100/1000 μA<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| DISARM Method|| Push button/overrange/loss of comms<br />
|-<br />
| Interlock || Requires short circuit on BNC.<br />
|-<br />
| Trigger Input || TTL or Contact closure<br />
|-<br />
! INTERFACE <br />
|-<br />
| I2C Port || Futire expansion and diagnostics<br />
|-<br />
| USB Port || Virtual RS232 port implemented on USB <br />
|-<br />
| Digital I/O || CC or TTL (software selectable) <br />
|-<br />
!PHYSICAL<br />
|-<br />
| Dimensions (w x h x d): || 200 x 65 x 250 mm <br />
|-<br />
| Weigh || 3kg<br />
|-<br />
| Nominal power needs || <24 VA: Mains powered AC/DC converter (supplied)<br />
|-<br />
| Operating Conditions || 5-35°C < 80% humidity (non-condensing)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4136
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T07:32:53Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|Class="wikitable"<br />
|+ Rear Connector Pin Definition<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
| 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
| 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
| 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
| 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
!SYSTEM<br />
|-<br />
|High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Minimum output voltage: || ±300 <br />
|-<br />
| Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| Voltmeter Impedance || 20 MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% full load<br />
|-<br />
| Current Meter Range || 0 to ±10/100/1000 μA<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| DISARM Method|| Push button/overrange/loss of comms<br />
|-<br />
| Interlock || Requires short circuit on BNC.<br />
|-<br />
| Trigger Input || TTL or Contact closure<br />
|-<br />
! INTERFACE <br />
|-<br />
| I2C Port || Futire expansion and diagnostics<br />
|-<br />
| USB Port || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| Digital I/O || CC or TTL (software selectable) <br />
|-<br />
!Physical<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4135
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T07:31:26Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|Class="wikitable"<br />
|+ Rear Connector Pin Definition<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
| 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
| 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
| 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
| 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Specification<br />
|-<br />
|High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Minimum output voltage: || ±300 <br />
|-<br />
| Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| Voltmeter Impedance || 20 MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% full load<br />
|-<br />
| Current Meter Range || 0 to ±10/100/1000 μA<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| DISARM Method|| Push button/overrange/loss of comms<br />
|-<br />
| Interlock || Requires short circuit on BNC.<br />
|-<br />
| Trigger Input || TTL or Contact closure<br />
|-<br />
! INTERFACE <br />
|-<br />
| I2C Port || Futire expansion and diagnostics<br />
|-<br />
| USB Port || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| Digital I/O || CC or TTL (software selectable) <br />
|-<br />
!Physical<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|-<br />
| ARMING Method || User push button<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4134
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T06:24:23Z
<p>Boris: /* Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|Class="wikitable"<br />
|+ Rear Connector Pin Definition<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
| 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
| 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
| 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
| 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
| 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
| 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Specification<br />
|-<br />
|High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Minimum output voltage: || ±300 <br />
|-<br />
| Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx|| xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
| 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
| 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
| 9+ || 7.5%<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4133
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T06:20:22Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|+Specification<br />
|-<br />
|High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
|Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Minimum output voltage: || ±300 <br />
|-<br />
| Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel<br />
|-<br />
| Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx|| xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
| 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
| 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
| 9+ || 7.5%<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4132
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:57:27Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:60%;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | HV Channels<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5%<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4131
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:54:39Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:60%;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
| scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
\ scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5%<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4130
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:49:21Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:60%;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5%<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4129
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:34:19Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% Full Load<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Range || 0 to 10-100-1000 uA%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Burden || 1000 Ohms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | ARMING Method || 2 sec Push button depress<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4128
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:33:26Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% Full Load<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Range || 0 to 10-100-1000 uA%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Burden|| 1000 Ohms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | ARMING Method || 2 sec Push button depress<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4127
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:31:13Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltage Meter Range || 0 to ±3000 V<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Voltmeter Impedance || 20MOhms <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Load regulation || <2% for 20-90% Full Load<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Range || 0 to 10-100-1000 uA%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Current Meter Burden|| 1000 Ohms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | ARMING Method || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4126
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:25:26Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4125
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:24:51Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4124
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:13:14Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Mode Change || <50mS<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4123
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:10:19Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | High voltage outputs || 4, SHV connector<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output voltage: || ±3 kV per channel<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Minimum output voltage: || ±300 %<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Maximum output current: || 150 μA per channel% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Ripple: || <0.2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Rise/Fall time || <5 ms (same polarity)<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode S/C || 1000 Ohms to Common<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HiZ|| 20 MOhms<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | Output Mode HV || Outputs High voltage<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4122
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:02:27Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4121
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:01:31Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx || xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4120
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:01:04Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4119
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T05:00:34Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
== System Specifications ==<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ '''Table 2. Specifications'''<br />
! scope="col" | Parameter<br />
! scope="col" | Value<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4118
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T04:59:29Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
=== System Specifications ===<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ '''Table 2. Specifications'''<br />
! scope="col" | Parameter<br />
! scope="col" | Value<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris
https://www.edaq.com/w/index.php?title=ER430_Manual&diff=4117
ER430 Manual
2015-08-11T04:58:57Z
<p>Boris: /* System Specifications */</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== Introduction ==<br />
[[File:ER430SmallPanels.jpg|thumb|upright=2|right|'''Figure 1.''' ER430 HV Sequencer front and back panels]]<br />
This manual is intended to allow the user to install, check and run the ER430 HV Sequencer. It provides detailed information on the system and its operation. Please read this manual carefully prior to beginning operation.<br />
<br />
The ER430 High Voltage Sequencer provides the following functions:<br />
::• Four independent programmable metered high voltage (HV) supplies.<br />
::• Safety Interlock system<br />
::• Software that allows arbitrary sequences of voltages to be generated<br />
<br />
== Checking the Instrument ==<br />
Before you begin working with the device, you should check:<br />
:• that the contents of the package you received match the packing list<br />
:• for any sign of physical damage that might have occurred during transit.<br />
If you find a problem, please contact your [http://www.edaq.com/edaq-distributors eDAQ distributor] or agent immediately.<br />
<br />
== Safety First ==<br />
<br />
This equipment generates high voltages of up to 3000 V DC at currents of up to 200 µA. Making contact with such voltages can be extremely dangerous.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the high voltage (HV) circuits are housed in an insulated enclosure fitted with an Interlock safety circuit and with no manual access to HV circuits while circuits are alive.<br />
<br />
Safety precautions:<br />
::• Ensure that the safety interlock circuit is connected to the HV Sequencer and is only active and enabled when no accidental access to High Voltage circuits can be made.<br />
::• Wear rubber soled footwear<br />
::• Ensure the floor and bench top are dry<br />
::• Stand on a rubber mat when in the vicinity of high voltages<br />
<br />
The ER430 features design precautions to ensure that there is no accidental application of high voltages. These include automatic shutdown in the event of voltage or current overloads . This will in some circumstances prevent the unit from operating. In these cases check all settings and safety interlocks carefully before resuming the experiment.<br />
<br />
=== What is an Interlock ===<br />
<br />
An interlock is a mechanical or electrical system that prevents the inadvertent operation of of an instrument.<br />
<br />
In the case of the ER430 HV Sequencer this is achieved by using a switch located in the customer provided enclosure in which high voltages are active. This switch is connected via a cable to the front panel INTERLOCK BNC in such a way that the switch is only closed when no access is available to the High voltages inside the enclosure.<br />
<br />
For example with the eDAQ supplied ET225 Micronit Chip Electrophoresis Platform, high voltages can only be applied when the top cover is in place. This is detected and the interlock switch enabled to allow the application of high voltages.<br />
<br />
If the user is providing the MicroChip enclosure then it is the user’s responsibility to provide the required interlock function.<br />
<br />
To test the Interlock function it is sufficient to apply a short circuit across the INTERLOCK BNC input pins. This should only be done with no connections to the High Voltage input connectors.<br />
<br />
=== System Indicators ===<br />
<br />
System indicators as shown in the preceding diagram provide a direct indication of system operation that reflects the state of the internal hardware. These indicators will assist you in monitoring system operation and in diagnosing problems – study them carefully.<br />
<br />
[[File:Front panel detail.png|thumb|upright=4|right|'''Figure 2.''' System Indicators]]<br />
<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED (Amber LED)<br />
::• FLASHING = Interlock open, unit disarmed, arming not enabled.<br />
::• OFF = Interlock in place and enabled, unit can be ARMED.<br />
::• ON = Interlock in place, unit armed and ready for operation.<br />
<br />
SYSTEM STATUS LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN when “on line” and ready as a Master<br />
<br />
METER FUNCTION LED (RGB LED)<br />
::• GREEN: Safe (disconnected) <br />
::• YELLOW: Current Mode<br />
::• BLUE: Voltage mode<br />
<br />
HV STATUS (RED LED)<br />
::• OFF: supply disconnected<br />
::• ON: supply connected and active.<br />
<br />
Notes: <br />
#On power up the system performs a startup test and flashes the front panel LEDs through the various colors available for display.<br />
# In some cases where the HV supply needs to be used in proximity to light sensitive detectors it is possible to optionally turn off all the LEDs to maintain low background illumination.<br />
<br />
== Hardware Installation ==<br />
'''ATTENTION:''' When installing the system for the first time ALWAYS perform software installation before connecting the hardware units. This ensures that the correct drivers are installed.<br />
<br />
After carrying out the software installation described in the next section, perform the following Hardware installation procedure. It will confirm that:<br />
<br />
::• That safety interlocks are in place and functioning correctly<br />
::• The unit can be armed and disarmed<br />
<br />
===Unit Operation===<br />
<br />
::• '''Safety first: Connect the unit to a good ground using the terminal post on the rear of the unit.'''<br />
::• Connect the unit to the 12V DC mains power pack.<br />
::• Connect the unit to the PC using the USB cable provided.<br />
::• Turn Power on.<br />
<br />
INTERLOCK LED will flash if interlock is not enabled.<br />
<br />
HV Status LEDs: Off (no high voltage output)<br />
<br />
STATUS LEDs: Green<br />
<br />
=== TEST INTERLOCK Function ===<br />
<br />
This function can be tested without any software running:<br />
::• The INTERLOCK LED will initially be flashing.<br />
::• Connect a short circuit to the INTERLOCK BNC.<br />
::• INTERLOCK LED will turn OFF.<br />
::• Press the ARM Push Button for approximately 1 to 2 seconds. You should hear a beep, warning you that the HV outputs have been armed (enabled) and the INTERLOCK LED will turn ON.<br />
::• At this point all HV supplies are still inactive but are in a state where they can be set and controlled by the Sequencer Application software.<br />
::• Pressing the Arm button again will DISARM the HV Sequencer, and the INTERLOCK LED will turn off.<br />
<br />
A momentary push on the Arm button will disable all the HV outputs of the Sequencer.<br />
<br />
=== INTERLOCK features ===<br />
<br />
The system is provided with a number of safety features or Interlocks:<br />
::• '''Chip adapter interlock:''' The chip adapter used should provide a safety contact interlock to indicate that the microchip adapter is safe for use. This interlock is a contact closure switch, which is closed when the HV circuit is fully enclosed and protected from user access. This interlock is connected to the front panel Interlock BNC and indicates to the ER430 that it is safe to arm the system.<br />
<br />
::• '''USB Present:''' The system cannot be ARMED without an active USB connection<br />
<br />
::• '''Software Control:''' Once the system is ARMED High Voltages can only be applied under software control.<br />
<br />
::• '''ARM circuit:''' prior to applying HV to an external circuit the system must be armed by the user by depressing the front panel ARM push button for approximately 2 seconds.<br />
<br />
::• '''DISARM:''' The system can be disarmed by a momentary push of the ARM button.<br />
<br />
::• '''Power Overloads:''' the circuit detects power overloads and situations that lead to the generation of arcs (sparks). The system will switch itself off in such circumstances and in such circumstances may require to be reinitiated with power being turned Off and On.<br />
<br />
'''!!CAUTION!!''' Do not disconnect HV leads by hand while High voltages are present – this is extremely dangerous and can cause harmful arcs to be generated. To disable power use the ARM/DISARM front panel button or the software’s Disarm or Disconnect menu items<br />
<br />
You are now ready to operate the Sequencer software which will allow you to generate and output a series of high voltage pulses and ramps.<br />
<br />
== Software Installation & Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== Installing the HV Sequencer software ===<br />
<br />
Insert the HV Sequencer installation USB stick into your computer. It is recommended to install the software before plugging in the hardware, as this ensures the drivers are correctly installed.<br />
<br />
The eDAQ Sequencer Setup Wizard will display a start-up screen; follow the prompts to install the software.<br />
Start up screen<br />
Final Start up screen<br />
<br />
=== eDAQ Sequencer Overview ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Sequencer is a Windows application that provides the means to setup a series of steps that are executed under computer control. The following functions are provided:<br />
<br />
'''System setup and sequence entry:''' The software identifies system configuration on startup and allows the operating parameters to be set immediately.<br />
<br />
'''Table driven Sequence:''' A time based table is filled out, specifying that the operations to be performed in sequence. This includes setting of HV supplies to new voltages, trigger and digital I/O line functions. The following sequence operations are implemented: <br />
<br />
'''Time:''' set to xxxx seconds<br />
<br />
'''Output 1 to 4:''' Set V=xxxx (V and I monitored), Read V, Read I<br />
<br />
'''Meter Function:''' Disconnect HV and set Voltmeter or Current mode<br />
<br />
'''Digital Out''': Low/Open, High/Closed, Short Pulse, Long Pulse<br />
<br />
'''Special commands:''' Wait for trigger, Wait for Arming, Go Safe<br />
<br />
New functions can be readily added to meet customer requirements<br />
<br />
Digital outputs can be used to control external devices or the recording of data in an ecorder.<br />
<br />
Monitoring: Once a sequence is started the user is able to observe the progress of the sequence on the sequence table. Values of HV supply voltages and currents are displayed during operation.<br />
<br />
=== HV Sequencer Main Window ===<br />
<br />
=== Communication ===<br />
<br />
The HV sequencer uses a virtual USB serial communications (COM) port. When the ER430 hardware is first attached to USB, a free COM port number is automatically assigned by Windows. That COM port will be then used every time that unit is plugged in again.<br />
<br />
Note: the first time you connect the system to the computer it may take some time for the system to identify the HV sequencer device driver and install it. You will be notified when the device is ready.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the sequencer software, you need to specify the COM port that the hardware has been assigned. Select the '''Preferences''' option in the '''File''' menu, then choose your HV Sequencer in the list at the top – see screen shot below. This preference is automatically saved for future use<br />
<br />
Preferences panel<br />
<br />
If you are uncertain about which COM port to assign use, the Serial Port Monitor application can help identify the COM port assigned to the HV sequencer. This small application is included on the HV Sequencer installer USB stick, and can also be downloaded from the eDAQ Utilities and Tools download webpage<br />
<br />
[http://www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php www.edaq.com/utilities_tools.php]<br />
<br />
The serial port monitor runs as an icon in the notification area. Clicking on it will show a list of eDAQ COM port devices attached to your computer.<br />
<br />
The other Preference options set the digital output type, and provide control over front panel lights in situations where light pollution needs to be kept to a minimum.<br />
<br />
Check if you have installed an interlock as described previously. The INTERLOCK LED should be OFF indicating that the INTERLOCK is in place.<br />
<br />
Online panel<br />
<br />
Click the '''Online''' in the menu bar to attach the selected ER430 unit to the Sequencer application. <br />
<br />
Click the '''Offline''' in the menu bar to disconnect the selected ER430 unit from the Sequencer application.<br />
<br />
Offline panel<br />
<br />
=== Disarming and Interlock Test ===<br />
<br />
Press and hold the red ARM button to arm the unit. As before, the unit will beep and arm itself. This will also be shown in the software’s display.<br />
<br />
You can now disarm the unit by either:<br />
<br />
::• Pressing the red ARM button again<br />
::• Clicking “Disarm” in the top-right of the software window.<br />
<br />
While the unit is armed, you can test the safety interlock by removing the short-circuit from the BNC connector. The unit should immediately disarm itself, disconnecting the outputs, and turning off any applied voltages.<br />
<br />
=== Manual Settings ===<br />
<br />
After arming the unit, click on the '''More'''… button to display the controls for making immediate changes to the unit.<br />
<br />
The right hand side of the HV Sequencer setup panel provides the means to manually set meter functions, output voltages, and the digital outputs’ states. Make some selections, and then click on '''Set'''. The ER430 hardware will immediately apply the settings you have chosen, and the software will display your choices, along with readings of current and/or voltage.<br />
<br />
At this point the system will indicate the voltages set and currents measured. Since no loads are yet connected, the currents will be very near zero.<br />
<br />
ER430 Sequencer setup panel<br />
<br />
At any time, pressing the '''Disarm''' button in the top-right hand corner of the Main Window or the '''red button''' on the front panel of the ER430 will disarm the unit and make it safe. <br />
<br />
After disarming, you must press and hold the red button (as before) to re-arm it. The software can not re-arm the device.<br />
<br />
'''Outputs''' let you control the digital outputs of the unit. In the preference you can set Output configuration as contact closure, or TTL.<br />
<br />
===HV Sequences===<br />
<br />
The lower area of the Setup panel provides the means to define a “program” or “sequence” to run. This consists of a number of timed steps, each of which can update the state of one or more of the individual functions or outputs. There are also some “special” commands that can be carried out. Unused connections can have the width of their columns reduced by dragging their column separator.<br />
<br />
All changes on a step happen simultaneously (within 2 milliseconds).<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
Here is another example program:<br />
<br />
Setup screen with an example<br />
<br />
If a step doesn’t have anything entered in its box, the output will remain unchanged from its previous setting.<br />
<br />
A time of “0” means “immediately upon starting”, and the times are '''cumulative''', measured from when the sequence was started, i.e.: the delay between the first four of the lines above is 5, 3, and 4 seconds respectively.<br />
<br />
It is recommended to have the first row setting every output to a known state, in case the previous run was stopped part-way through, leaving the unit in an unknown state.<br />
<br />
When the program finishes, the unit will be left in whatever state it was at the end. It will not automatically disconnect or disarm the outputs, unless explicitly told to do so.<br />
<br />
===Channel Functions===<br />
<br />
Each channel can be set to be either to perform as a Meter or as an HV output channel.<br />
<br />
'''Meter channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal (LED GREEN)<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE)<br />
<br />
Read I: Current Meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
<br />
'''Output channel functions are:'''<br />
<br />
Disconnected: Disconnected from the front panel terminal.<br />
<br />
Read V: Voltmeter connection (LED BLUE).<br />
<br />
Read I: Current meter connection (LED YELLOW<br />
)<br />
Set V: Set the voltage to the value entered in the second column – In this mode the Voltage indicated will be the actual voltage produced within 1%. (LED RED)<br />
<br />
'''Digital outputs can be set to:'''<br />
<br />
Low/Open: Output goes low or open, as per the “digital output mode” setting in Preferences.<br />
<br />
High/Closed: Output goes high or closed.<br />
<br />
The type of digital output, TTL or Contact Closure, is set from the '''Preferences''' dialog in the '''File''' menu.<br />
<br />
'''Special''' is a special function to be performed. There are currently two special functions:<br />
<br />
::• Disarm: Disconnect HV supplies, and stop the program, or<br />
<br />
::• Wait for trigger: Pause, and wait for a high/close on the rear panel’s 'green' connector “Trigger” pins.<br />
<br />
Simple editing commands are available on the '''Edit''' menu.<br />
<br />
Programs can be saved and loaded using the '''menu''' options in the '''File''' menu. <br />
<br />
Once you are satisfied with your program, click the Run button in the menu bar. The software will step through the program, executing each step at the given time after starting.<br />
<br />
Sequencer operating bar<br />
<br />
The '''Pause''' button can be used to pause running of the program. The '''Run''' button changes to a '''Resume''' button, which you can click to continue execution.<br />
<br />
'''Stop''' will stop execution, but it will leave the unit in the current state, with whatever voltages selected still being output.<br />
<br />
The '''Disarm''' button will stop any running program and put the ER430 hardware into a safe state.<br />
<br />
Various fault and safety switch conditions will also force a disarming (and termination of program), including:<br />
<br />
• USB cable being removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel safety interlock opened/removed<br />
<br />
• Front panel red button being pressed<br />
<br />
• When operating with a slave unit, disconnection from the slave unit<br />
<br />
== Modes of Operation ==<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
<br />
::• Disarmed/Safe – High voltages and meters disconnected <br />
::• Armed- High voltages are active and available for connection to external circuit.<br />
<br />
=== Programmable HV power supplies ===<br />
Output Voltage: Adjustable from ±200V to ±3000V at up to 200µA. <br />
Output Polarity: Positive or Negative with respect to the common ground potential<br />
<br />
=== Operating Modes ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit by disconnection with high voltage relay.<br />
::• Voltage Mode: High voltage output mode with current and voltage monitoring<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Megohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring<br />
<br />
=== Meters ===<br />
::• O/C mode: Open Circuit achieved by disconnection with high voltage relay<br />
::• HiZ Mode: Voltage monitoring – 100 Mohm impedance<br />
::• S/C Mode: Short circuit to ground with current monitoring <br />
<br />
By combining the HV power supplies and meters it is possible to setup the conditions which load the sample into the separation channel and then apply the appropriate voltages to cause separation and detection of the sample components as shown in the example.<br />
<br />
=== Typical Installation ===<br />
<br />
== ER430 HV Hardware Description and Specifications==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== ER430 HV Channel Block Diagram ===<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430 HV Block diag.svg|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 3.''' ER430 HV Block Diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A Block diagram of a HV supply channel is shown above; there are four identical HV channels in each ER430 Unit. A command voltage generated by the HV Sequencer software is compared to the output voltage and the resulting error used to adjust the output. This negative feedback causes the HV output to to track the command voltage. Voltage and current sensors are provided to allow monitoring of the HV supply. Polarity changes are implemented with relays and a high voltage relay provides the means to disconnect the HV from the user circuit.<br />
<br />
Not shown on the block diagram is the control and data acquisition circuits which monitor the operation of the system and control its internal modes.<br />
<br />
=== Green Connector Pin Numbers & Functions ===<br />
<br />
Although we refer to a "green" connector, for historical reason, it should be noted that it is also supplied as an equivalent "black: connector. These connectors are fairly tight fitting so that they provide a reliable contact - however a slight amount of lubrication will facilitate fitting and removing this connector. <br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:ER430Rear Connector Pin Diag.png|thumb|upright=2.5|center|'''Figure 4.''' ER430 Rear Connector Pin diagram]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:800px; height:200px;"<br />
|+<br />
<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
! scope="col" | Pin No<br />
! scope="col" | Pin Label<br />
! scope="col" | Description<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || TRIG + || TRIGGER TTL in || 11 || HV1 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 || TRIG - || TRIGGER TTL COM || 12 || HV1 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 3 || HV4 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 4 || 13 || CTL1 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 1<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 4 || HV4 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 4 || 14 || CTL1 - || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 || COM || COMMON/GND || 15 || CTL2 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 2<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 6 || HV3 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 3 || 16 || CTL2 - ||DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 7 || HV3 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 3 || 17 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL IN/OUT 3<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 8 || HV2 E || HV VOLTAGE MONITOR 2 || 18 || CTL3 + || DIGITAL COM <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9 || HV2 I || HV CURRENT MONITOR 2|| 19 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL IN/OUT 4<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 10 || COM || COMMON || 20 || CTL4 - || DIGITAL COM<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Notes:<br />
# Digital I/O pins are implemented as contact closure or TTL outputs, software selectable<br />
# Trigger input can be a contact closure or TTL input<br />
# HV VOLTAGE MONITOR scale factor: 500mV/kV<br />
# HV Current Monitor Scale factor: 1000mV/100 <math></math>μAmps<br />
<br />
=== System Specifications ===<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ <br />
! scope="col" | Parameter<br />
! scope="col" | Value<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{| border="2" style="width:200px; height:200px;"<br />
|+ '''Table 2. Specifications'''<br />
! scope="col" | Parameter<br />
! scope="col" | Value<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 1 || 0% <br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 2 – 4 || 2.5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 5 – 8 || 5%<br />
|-<br />
! scope="row" | 9+ || 7.5% <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Legal and Warranty ==<br />
<br />
=== Trademarks and Copyright ===<br />
Sequencer, HV Sequencer, and Chart are trademarks of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
Windows XP, Vista, and Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.<br />
This document is Copyright © July 2015. This document, or sections thereof, may be copied by the owners or users of an eDAQ Quad MF isoPod for their private use. Otherwise no part of this document may be<br />
reproduced by any means without the prior written permission of eDAQ Pty Ltd.<br />
<br />
=== Responsibilities ===<br />
<br />
You and any others using any eDAQ product agree to use it in a sensible manner for purposes for which it is suited, and agree to take responsibility for their actions and the results of their actions. If problems arise with an eDAQ product, eDAQ will make all reasonable efforts to fix them. This service may incur a charge, depending on the nature of the problems, and is subject to the other conditions in this Agreement.<br />
<br />
=== Hardware Warranty ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd warrants this device, to be free of defects in material and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase. Note that this does NOT include external cables and electrodes that are subject to 'wear and tear' and manufacturing defects should be reported within 90 days of purchase. eDAQ Pty Ltd will repair or replace defective equipment as appropriate. To obtain a warranty repair/replacement you must first notify us before return of the instrument and we will issue you with a RAN (return authorisation number). You must ship the defective product at your expense. We will pay return shipping. The product should be packed safely (preferably in its original packaging) and have the RAN on the shipping label. Returns sent without a RAN may be refused delivery.<br />
<br />
This warranty does not cover hardware that has:<br />
:• been modified by the user in any way;<br />
:• been subjected to unusual physical, electrical, or environmental stress. This includes damage due to faulty power sockets, inadequate earthing, or power spikes or surges;<br />
:• been damaged because of incorrect wiring to ancillary equipment, or because of substandard, connectors or cables; or<br />
:• had the original identification marks removed or altered.<br />
<br />
=== Software License ===<br />
<br />
You have the non-exclusive right to use the supplied eDAQ software (Sequencer, Chart etc). Your employees or students, for example, are entitled to use it, provided they adhere to this agreement. <br />
Each separate purchase of the eDAQ software licenses it to be used on two computers, more than two copies must not be used simultaneously. Departmental/company licences are available if you wish to run more than two copies simultaneously.<br />
<br />
=== Technical Support ===<br />
<br />
Please register your unit to receive technical support.<br />
<br />
Technical assistance is available via email. Please describe the problem with as much detail as possible. Include a small example data file, if appropriate. Please also state:<br />
: • the model and serial number of your EDAQ system.<br />
: • the type of computer and operating system being used (for example Windows XP, Vista, Windows 7, 8, or 10)<br />
: • the software version you are using (for example Chart v5.5.2)<br />
<br />
We endeavor to answer all your questions, but in some cases, for example where the problem relates to the other equipment that you are using, a nominal fee may be charged.<br />
<br />
=== Jurisdiction ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ Pty Ltd is bound by the laws of New South Wales in Australia, and any proceedings shall be heard by the Supreme Court of New South Wales in Australia.<br />
<br />
=== Disclaimer ===<br />
<br />
eDAQ reserves the right to alter specifications of hardware and software without notice. No liability can be accepted for consequential damages resulting from use of eDAQ products.</div>
Boris